10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025

or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 001-42662

Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Cayman Islands	61-2218657
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

801 Brickell Avenue, 8th Floor Miami, Florida	33131
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (786) 744-7720

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one right	OYSEU	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share	OYSE	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Rights, each right entitling the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination	OYSER	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer, “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☒ No ☐

The registrant’s Units began trading on the Global Market tier of The Nasdaq Stock Market on May 22, 2025 and the registrant’s Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights began trading on the Global Market tier of The Nasdaq Stock Market on July 11, 2025. Accordingly, there was no market value for the registrant’s common equity as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of 2025. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price for the Class A Ordinary Shares on December 31, 2025, as reported on the Global Market tier of The Nasdaq Stock Market, was approximately $262,940,880.

As of March 9, 2026, there were 26,008,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 7,906,250 Class B Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the registrant issued and outstanding.

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP

FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		PAGE
PART I
Item 1.	Business.	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors.	19
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments.	29
Item 1C.	Cybersecurity.	29
Item 2.	Properties.	29
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings.	29
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures.	29
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.	30
Item 6.	[Reserved]	31
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.	31
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.	36
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.	36
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.	36
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures.	37
Item 9B.	Other Information.	37
Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.	37
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.	38
Item 11.	Executive Compensation.	43
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.	44
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.	45
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services.	47
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.	48
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary.	48
SIGNATURES		50

i

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Report (as defined below), including, without limitation, statements under Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act (as defined below) and Section 21E of the Exchange Act (as defined below). These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the words “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “potential,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “should,” “could” or “would” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. There can be no assurance that actual results will not materially differ from expectations. Such statements include, but are not limited to, any statements relating to our ability to consummate any acquisition or other Business Combination (as defined below) and any other statements that are not statements of current or historical facts. We have based these forward-looking statements on our Management’s current expectations and projections about future events, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to our Management, but actual results may differ materially due to various factors, including, but not limited to:

● our ability to our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

● the pool of prospective target businesses;

● our ability to complete our initial Business Combination;

● our expectations regarding the potential performance of the prospective target business or businesses;

● our success in retaining or recruiting our officers, key employees or directors following our initial Business Combination;

● our officers and directors’ ability to allocate sufficient time to reviewing and considering our initial Business Combination, including considerations related to potential conflicts of interest;

● the potential issues associated with entering into a Business Combination agreement with an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value or is unprofitable;

● our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination, if needed;

● the ability of our Management Team (as defined below) to generate and execute on potential acquisition opportunities that will generate value for our shareholders, if needed;  

● our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

● our ability to use proceeds not held in the Trust Account (as defined below) or available to us from interest income on the Trust Account balance;

● our Trust Account potentially being subject to claims of third parties;

● the value of the Founder Shares following completion of our initial Business Combination likely being substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our Public Shares (as defined below) at such time is substantially less than the Redemption Price (as defined below);

● the impact on the amount held in the Trust Account, our capitalization, principal shareholders and other effects on our Company (as defined below) or Management Team should we seek to extend the Combination Period (as defined below) consistent with applicable laws, regulations and stock exchange rules;

● our financial performance; or

● the other risks and uncertainties discussed in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” below.

ii

The forward-looking statements contained in this Report are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. Future developments affecting us may not be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws. 

Unless otherwise stated in this Report, or the context otherwise requires, references to:

● “Administrative Services Agreement” are to the Administrative Services Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, which we entered into with the managing member of our Sponsor (as defined below);

● “Amended and Restated Articles” are to our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as currently in effect;

● “ASC” are to the FASB (as defined below) Accounting Standards Codification;

● “ASU” are to the FASB Accounting Standards Update;

● “Audit Committee” are to the audit committee of our Board of Directors (as defined below);

● “Board of Directors” or “Board” are to our board of directors;

● “BTIG” are to BTIG, LLC, the representative of the Underwriters (as defined below);

● “Business Combination” are to a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses;

● “Certifying Officers” are to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, together;

● “Class A Ordinary Shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share;

● “Class B Ordinary Shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share;

● “Clawback Policy” are to our Executive Compensation Clawback Policy, adopted as of May 21, 2025;

● “Code of Ethics” are to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics we have adopted, which is applicable to our directors, officers and employees;

● “Combination Period” are to (i) the 24-month period, from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (as defined below) to May 23, 2027, that we have to consummate an initial Business Combination, or (ii) such other period in which we must consummate an initial Business Combination pursuant to an amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles and consistent with applicable laws, regulations and stock exchange rules;

● “Companies Act” are to the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as may be amended from time to time;

● “Company,” “our,” “we,” or “us” are to Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp, a Cayman Islands exempted company;

● “Compensation Committee” are to the compensation committee of our Board of Directors;

● “Continental” are to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, trustee of our Trust Account and rights agent of our Rights (as defined below);

iii

● “Deferred Fee” are to the additional fee of up to $8,855,000 to which the Underwriters are entitled that is payable only upon our completion of the initial Business Combination;

● “DWAC System” are to the Depository Trust Company’s Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian System;

● “Exchange Act” are to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

● “Excise Tax” are to the U.S. federal 1% excise tax on certain repurchases of shares by publicly traded U.S. domestic corporations and certain U.S. domestic subsidiaries of publicly traded foreign corporations occurring on or after January 1, 2023 as provided for by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022;

● “FASB” are to the Financial Accounting Standards Board;

● “Founder Shares” are to the (i) Class B Ordinary Shares initially purchased by our Sponsor prior to the Initial Public Offering and (ii) Class A Ordinary Shares that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares (x) at the time of our Business Combination as described in the IPO Registration Statements (as defined below) or (y) earlier at the option of the holders thereof, as described in the IPO Registration Statements; for the avoidance of doubt, such Class A Ordinary Shares will not be “Public Shares”;

● “GAAP” are to the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;

● “IFRS” are to the International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

● “Initial Public Offering” or “IPO” are to the initial public offering that we consummated on May 23, 2025;

● “Initial Shareholders” are to holders of our Founder Shares prior to our Initial Public Offering, including our Sponsor;

● “Insider Trading Policy” are to the insider trading policies and procedures we have adopted;

● “Investment Company Act” are to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

● “IPO Promissory Note” are to that certain unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of up to $300,000 issued to our Sponsor on October 16, 2024;

● “IPO Registration Statements” are to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 initially filed with the SEC (as defined below) on May 6, 2025, as amended, and the MEF Registration Statement filed with the SEC on May 21, 2025, both of which became effective on May 21, 2025 (File Nos. 333-286984 and 333-287494);

● “JOBS Act” are to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012;

● “Letter Agreement” are to the Letter Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, which we entered into with our Sponsor and our directors and officers;

● “Management” or our “Management Team” are to our executive officers and non-independent directors;

● “Nasdaq” are to The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC;

● “Nasdaq 36-Month Requirement” are to the requirement pursuant to the Nasdaq Rules (as defined below) that a SPAC (as defined below) must complete one or more Business Combinations within 36 months following the effectiveness of its initial public offering registration statement;

● “Nasdaq Rules” are to the continued listing rules of Nasdaq, as they exist as of the date of this Report;

● “Option Units” are to the 3,300,000 units that were purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option (as defined below);

iv

● “Ordinary Resolution” are to a resolution of our Company passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of our Company, or a resolution approved in writing by all of the holders of the issued shares entitled to vote on such matter (or such lower threshold as may be allowed under the Companies Act from time to time);

● “Ordinary Shares” are to the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share;

● “Over-Allotment Option” are to the 45-day option that the Underwriters had to purchase up to an additional 3,300,000 Option Units to cover over-allotments, if any, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (as defined below), which was fully exercised;

● “PCAOB” are to the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States);

● “Private Placement” are to the private placement of Private Placement Units (as defined below) that occurred simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, pursuant to the Private Placement Units Purchase Agreements (as defined below);

● “Private Placement Rights” are to the rights included within the Private Placement Units purchased by our Sponsor and BTIG in the Private Placement;

● “Private Placement Shares” are to the Class A Ordinary Shares included within the Private Placement Units (as defined below) purchased by our Sponsor and BTIG in the Private Placement;

● “Private Placement Units” are to the units issued to our Sponsor and BTIG in the Private Placement;

● “Private Placement Units Purchase Agreements” are to the (i) Private Placement Units Purchase Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, which we entered into with our Sponsor and (ii) Private Placement Units Purchase Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, which we entered into with BTIG, together;

● “Public Rights” are to the rights sold as part of the Public Units (as defined below), which grant the holder the right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of the Business Combination;

● “Public Shareholders” are to the holders of our Public Shares, including our Initial Shareholders and Management Team to the extent our Initial Shareholders and/or the members of our Management Team purchase Public Shares, provided that our Initial Shareholder’s and each member of our Management Team’s status as a “Public Shareholder” will only exist with respect to such Public Shares;

● “Public Shares” are to the Class A Ordinary Shares sold as part of the Public Units (as defined below) in our Initial Public Offering (whether they were purchased in our Initial Public Offering or thereafter in the open market);

● “Public Units” are to the units sold in our Initial Public Offering, which consist of one Public Share and one Public Right;

● “Redemption Price” are to the pro rata redemption price in any redemption we expect to pay, which was approximately $10.24 per Public Share as of December 31, 2025 (before taxes payable, if any);

● “Registration Rights Agreement” are to the registration rights agreement, dated May 21, 2025, which we entered into with the Sponsor and the other holders party thereto;

● “Report” are to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025;

● “Rights” are to the Private Placement Rights and the Public Rights, together;

v

● “Rights Agreement” are to the Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, which we entered into with Continental, as Rights agent;

● “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” are to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended;

● “SEC” are to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

● “SEC Clawback Rule” are to Rule 10D-1 under the Exchange Act;

● “Securities Act” are to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

● “SPAC” are to a special purpose acquisition company;

● “Special Resolution” are to a resolution of  our Company passed by at least a two-thirds (2/3) majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of our Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given, or a resolution approved in writing by all of the holders of the issued shares entitled to vote on such matter (or such lower threshold as may be allowed under the Companies Act from time to time);

● “Sponsor” are to Oyster Enterprises II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;

● “Trust Account” are to the U.S.-based Trust Account in which an amount of $ 253,000,000 from the net proceeds of the sale of the Public Units in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement Units in the Private Placement was placed following the closing of the Initial Public Offering;

● “Trust Agreement” are to the Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, which we entered into with Continental, as trustee of the Trust Account, as amended;

● “Underwriters” are to the several underwriters of the Initial Public Offering;

● “Underwriting Agreement” are to the Underwriting Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, which we entered into with BTIG, as representative of the Underwriters;

● “Units” are to the Private Placement Units and the Public Units, together;  

● “Withum” are to WithumSmith+Brown, PC, our independent registered public accounting firm; and

● “Working Capital Loans” are to funds that, in order to provide working capital or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of our directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan us.

vi

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on October 9, 2024 as a Cayman Islands exempted company and formed for the purpose of effecting a Business Combination with one or more businesses or entities. We may pursue an initial Business Combination in any business or industry. To date, our efforts have been limited to (i) organizational activities, and (ii) searching for and consummating a Business Combination. As of the date of this Report, we have not entered into a definitive agreement with any specific Business Combination target. We have generated no operating revenues to date, and we do not expect that we will generate operating revenues until we consummate our initial Business Combination.

Initial Public Offering

The Initial Public Offering Registration Statements became effective on May 21, 2025. On May 23, 2025, we consummated our upsized Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 Public Units, including 3,300,000 Option Units issued pursuant to the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. Each Public Unit consists of one Public Share and one Public Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of our initial Business Combination. The Public Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Public Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $253,000,000.

Simultaneously with the closing of the upsized Initial Public Offering and pursuant to the Private Placement Units Purchase Agreements, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 708,000 Private Placement Units to our Sponsor and BTIG in the Private Placement at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $7,080,000. Of those 708,000 Private Placement Units, the Sponsor purchased 455,000 Private Placement Units and BTIG purchased  253,000 Private Placement Units. The Private Placement Units (and underlying securities) are identical to the Public Units (and underlying securities), except as otherwise disclosed in the IPO Registration Statements.

A total of $253,000,000, comprised of the net proceeds from the IPO (which amount includes up to $8,855,000 of the Underwriters’ Deferred Fee) and the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Units, was placed in the Trust Account maintained by Continental, acting as trustee.

It is the job of our Sponsor and Management Team to complete our initial Business Combination. Our Management Team is led by (i) Mario Zarazua, our Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman, (ii) Mike Rollins, our Chief Financial Officer, and (iii) Heath Freeman, and our Chairman. Randall D. Smith is our advisor. We must complete our initial Business Combination by (i) May 23, 2027, the end of our Combination Period, which is 24 months from the closing of our Initial Public Offering, (ii) such earlier liquidation date as our Board may approve or (iii) such later date as our shareholders may approve pursuant to the Amended and Restated Articles. If our initial Business Combination is not consummated by the end of our Combination Period, our existence will terminate, and we will distribute all amounts in the Trust Account as described elsewhere in this Report.

We may seek to extend the Combination Period consistent with applicable laws, regulations and stock exchange rules by amending our Amended and Restated Articles. Any such amendment would require the approval of our Public Shareholders, who will be provided the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares in connection with the vote on such approval. Such redemptions will decrease the amount held in our Trust Account and our capitalization, and may affect our ability to maintain our listing on Nasdaq. In addition, the Nasdaq Rules currently require SPACs (such as us) to complete their initial Business Combination in accordance with the Nasdaq 36-Month Requirement. If we do not meet the Nasdaq 36-Month Requirement, our securities will likely be subject to suspension of trading and delisting from Nasdaq.

Our Management Team

Our Management Team and advisor have over 100 years of collective deal and operating experience, with a history of working collaboratively in complementary capacities. Our Management Team members and advisor have been actively involved with hundreds of companies, whether as owners, investors, investment bankers, directors and advisor and have developed an extensive network of relationships. Members of our Management Team and advisor typically focus on investment opportunities in need of transformation and look to work with companies to effect such transformations through operational improvements, changes in strategic focus, improved execution, enhanced corporate governance and oversight, and/or by providing strategic capital.

1

In January 2021, Messrs. Freeman and Smith became, respectively, Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the Board, of Oyster Enterprises Acquisition Corp., or “Oyster I, “a special purpose acquisition company that completed a $230 million initial public offering in January 2021. Oyster I elected to not complete an initial Business Combination and in December 2022 was liquidated with the cash held in trust returned to shareholders.

Messrs. Freeman, Zarazua and Smith are affiliated or have previously been affiliated with Alden Global, a private investment firm focused on opportunistic and catalyst-driven investing with a history of value creation in portfolio companies. We may occasionally be provided access to the resources and personnel of Alden Global in connection with our search for, and consummation of, an initial Business Combination, at Alden Global’s sole discretion. There is currently no formal or informal agreement or arrangement with regard to any such access.

With respect to the above, past performance of Alden Global, our Management Team or advisor or any of their respective affiliates is not a guarantee of (i) success with respect to a Business Combination that may be consummated, (ii) the ability to successfully identify and execute a transaction or (iii) the ability to assess the risk of potential transactions. Further, in recent years, a number of target businesses have underperformed financially post-Business Combination. Our shareholders should not rely on the historical performance record of our Management Team or its affiliates as indicative of our future performance.

We believe our Management Team and advisor are well-suited to identify and evaluate businesses within AI companies positioned to complement or disrupt those industries, as well as companies within the digital assets and blockchain ecosystem, as our targeted sectors. We believe we can achieve this mission by utilizing our Management Team’s operational and investment experience and track record within our targeted sectors over time. 

Our Sponsor

Our Sponsor is a Delaware limited liability company, which was formed in September 2024 to invest in our company. Although our Sponsor is permitted to undertake any activities permitted under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and other applicable law, our Sponsor’s business is focused on investing in our company. Oyster Management II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole managing member of our Sponsor, and Heath Freeman, our Chairman of the Board, Mario Zarazua, our Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Randall Smith, our advisor, own 100% of the membership interests of Oyster Management II LLC and hold voting and investment discretion with respect to the securities held of record by our Sponsor through their membership interests in our Sponsor. As of the date of this Report, other than Messrs. Freeman, Zarazua and Smith, no other person has a direct or indirect material interest in our Sponsor. Messrs. Freeman, Zarazua and Smith own 100% of the membership interests in the managing member of our Sponsor. In addition, our independent directors have each received, for their services as a director, an indirect interest in an aggregate of 135,000 Founder Shares through membership interests in our Sponsor, but have no right to control our Sponsor or participate in any decision regarding the disposal of any security held by our Sponsor, or otherwise. Other than Messrs. Freeman, Zarazua and Smith, none of the other members of our Sponsor participate in our company’s activities.

Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, each of our Sponsor, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on its ability to transfer, assign, or sell the Founder Shares and Private Placement Units. In addition, in order to facilitate our initial Business Combination or for any other reason determined by our Sponsor in its sole discretion, our Sponsor may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our Founder Shares, Private Placement Units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities.

We may also pay consulting, success or finder fees to our Sponsor, a member of our Management Team or our advisor, or their respective affiliates in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination, and we may engage our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial Business Combination and certain other transactions and pay such person or entity a salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions. Except as set out in the immediately preceding sentence, no terms for any such arrangements have been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such arrangements.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to identify and complete our initial Business Combination with a company with potential for significant value appreciation in an industry with stable or improving fundamentals and that can benefit from the strategic and transactional experience of our Management Team and advisor to transform the company and maximize shareholder value. We utilize the network and industry experience of our Management Team, advisors, our Sponsor and their respective affiliates in sourcing Business Combination opportunities and employing our acquisition strategy. We have chosen board members with entrepreneurial, investing, investment banking and/or M&A experience across a wide range of industries, including media, technology, consumer products, real estate, real estate services, financial services, hospitality, sports and entertainment, because we believe that examining acquisition opportunities across all of these sectors increases the likelihood of finding an acquisition target that will lead to shareholder value creation.

2

After completion of the Initial Public Offering, members of our Management Team and our advisor have been actively conducting the search for a target business by communicating with their network of relationships and other interested parties. These communications articulate our initial Business Combination criteria, including the parameters of our search for a target business. We perform rigorous due diligence, negotiate attractive transaction terms and develop a strategic plan with immediate, mid-term and long-term action items. Upon completion of our initial Business Combination, we intend to partner with Management to implement changes and execute difficult decisions efficiently and effectively.

In addition to any potential business candidates we may identify on our own, we also consider other target business candidates that are brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity funds, and large business enterprises seeking to divest non-core assets or divisions.

Competitive Strengths

In order to implement our business strategy, we utilize our competitive strengths including:

● Diverse deal experience across a wide range of industries;

● Consistent sources of deal flow;

● Disciplined and intellectually honest approach to identify undervalued opportunities;

● Extensive transactional experience and access to capital;

● Successful development of a platform capable of driving organic growth and acquisition growth strategies in the industry; and

● Partnering with Management to improve operations and corporate governance.

We believe that our experience in identifying and sourcing transactions positions us well to appropriately evaluate potential Business Combinations and select one that will be well received by the public markets. Additionally, we believe that our Management Team’s and advisor’s collaborative experience with companies that are undergoing strategic and/or operational transformations further increases the chances of successfully implementing our strategy and creating value for our shareholders.

Business Combination Criteria

We believe we have the opportunity to pursue a differentiated set of potential acquisition targets due to our Management Team’s and advisor’s experience in driving transformative change in businesses in order to create value for shareholders. Consistent with our business strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses and set us apart from other sources of capital pursuing target businesses in our areas of focus. We use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial Business Combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We seek to acquire companies that we believe:

● Are in fragmented industries capable of serving as a platform investment for future accretive acquisitions;

● Possess a defensible market position (as compared to their competitors) with demonstrated advantages that create barriers to entry against new potential market entrants;

● Are at inflection points, such as those requiring additional management expertise, preparing to innovate through development of new products or services, or facing situations where we are particularly equipped to drive improved financial performance;

● Are poised to benefit from significant embedded and/or underexploited expansion opportunities;

● Exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics that we believe represent upside in the public markets based on our company-specific analysis and due diligence review;

● Have strong operations and experienced and flexible management teams that provide a platform for driving growth, profitability, and value creation; and

● Offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders.

3

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial Business Combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as on other considerations, factors and criteria that our Management Team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial Business Combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our shareholder communications related to our initial Business Combination, which, as discussed in this Report, would be in the form of proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we would file with the SEC.

These criteria and guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial Business Combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general criteria and guidelines as well as other considerations, factors, criteria and guidelines that our Management Team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial Business Combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria and guidelines in our shareholder communications related to our initial Business Combination, which would be in the form of tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials that we would file with the SEC.

Our Business Combination Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we conduct an extensive due diligence review which may encompass, as applicable and among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities and a review of financial and other information about the target and its industry. We will also utilize our Management Team’s operational and capital planning experience.

Each of our directors and officers (except our Chief Financial Officer) directly or indirectly own Founder Shares and/or Private Placement Units following the Initial Public Offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial Business Combination.

Further, such officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular Business Combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial Business Combination.

Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity subject to his or her fiduciary duties. As a result, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, then, subject to such officer’s and director’s fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, he or she will need to honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, before we can pursue such opportunity. If these other entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing the same. As a result, these duties may materially affect our ability to complete our initial Business Combination. Our Amended and Restated Articles provide that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following the Initial Public Offering. We intend to effectuate our initial Business Combination using cash from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement of the Private Placement Units, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial Business Combination (including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, other securities issuances, or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial Business Combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

4

We will provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Ordinary Shares upon the completion of our initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial Business Combination only if we obtain the approval of an Ordinary Resolution under Cayman Islands law and our Amended and Restated Articles, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the Company. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or until such earlier liquidation date as our Board of Directors may approve, to consummate our initial Business Combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial Business Combination within such 24-month period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our Amended and Restated Articles to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial Business Combination. If we seek shareholder approval for an extension, holders of Public Shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned thereon (less taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, subject to applicable law.

If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination within the completion window, or by such earlier liquidation date as our Board of Directors may approve, from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we will redeem 100% of the Public Shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned thereon (less income taxes, if any, payable and up to $100,000 of interest income to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, subject to applicable law and certain conditions as further described herein. The pro rata Redemption Price to be approximately $10.24 per Public Share as of December 31, 2025, without taking into account any interest or other income earned on such funds. However, we cannot assure you that we will in fact be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors, which may take priority over the claims of our Public Shareholders.

Nasdaq Rules require that we must complete one or more Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the Deferred Fee and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account). Our Board of Directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of our initial Business Combination. If our Board of Directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial Business Combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it likely that our Board of Directors will be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial Business Combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the target’s assets or prospects. Additionally, pursuant to Nasdaq Rules, any initial Business Combination must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

We anticipate structuring our initial Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our Public Shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial Business Combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the Business Combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial Business Combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial Business Combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the 80% of net assets test described above. If the Business Combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.

5

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, non-managing sponsor investors, or completing the Business Combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors or non-managing sponsor investors. In the event we seek to complete our initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated (as defined in our Amended and Restated Articles) with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, stating that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial Business Combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Potential Additional Financings

Should we seek to obtain additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our Trust Account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our Public Shares upon completion of the Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination. If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our Public Shareholders may suffer significant dilution and these securities could have rights that rank senior to our Public Shares. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Further, as described above, due to the anti-dilution rights of our Founder Shares, our Public Shareholders may incur material dilution. In addition, we intend to target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Units, and, as a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the Trust Account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemptions by Public Shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial Business Combination. We may also obtain financing prior to the closing of our initial Business Combination to fund our working capital needs and transaction costs in connection with our search for and completion of our initial Business Combination. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial Business Combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following consummation of the Initial Public Offering. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following our initial Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Sourcing of Potential Business Combination Targets

We believe our Management Team’s significant operating and transaction experience and relationships will provide us with a substantial number of potential initial Business Combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our Management Team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships around the world. This network has grown through the activities of our Management Team sourcing, acquiring and financing businesses, the reputation of our Management Team and advisor for integrity and fair dealing with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our Management Team in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions.

This network has provided our Management Team with a flow of referrals that has resulted in numerous transactions which were proprietary or where a limited group of investors were invited to participate in the sale process. We believe that the network of contacts and relationships of our Management Team will provide us with important sources of investment opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that target Business Combination candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity funds and large business enterprises seeking to divest non-core assets or divisions.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, non-managing sponsor investors, or completing the Business Combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors or non-managing sponsor investors. In the event we seek to complete our initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated (as defined in our Amended and Restated Articles) with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, stating that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial Business Combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

6

We may contact prospective target businesses that our Management Team in their prior SPACs had considered and rejected as target businesses to acquire, if we become aware that such targets are interested in a potential initial Business Combination with us and such transaction would be attractive to our shareholders.

Members of our Management Team (except our Chief Financial Officer) directly or indirectly own Founder Shares and/or Private Placement Units following the Initial Public Offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial Business Combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular Business Combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial Business Combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entities. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our Amended and Restated Articles provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer, among other persons, shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which (a) may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other or (b) the presentation of which would breach an existing legal obligation of a director or officer to any other entity. As a result, the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors could materially affect our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.

Because there are numerous special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial Business Combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns (including a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs), geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close Business Combinations or operate targets post-Business Combination. Thus, our ability to identify and evaluate a target company may be impacted by significant competition among other SPACs in pursuing Business Combination transaction candidates and significant competition may impact the attractiveness of the acquisition terms that we will be able to negotiate.

In addition, our Sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form other SPACs similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial Business Combination. As a result, our Sponsor, officers and directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present Business Combination opportunities to us or to any other SPAC with which they may become involved. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial Business Combination target, which could materially affect our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial Business Combination.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure makes us an attractive Business Combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other Business Combination with us. In a Business Combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock or shares in the target business for our Class A Ordinary Shares (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A Ordinary Shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost-effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical Business Combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses and market and other uncertainties in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, marketing and road show efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a Business Combination with us.

7

Furthermore, once a proposed initial Business Combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Following an initial Business Combination, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our Management Team’s backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek shareholder approval of any proposed initial Business Combination, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our Ordinary Shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our Ordinary Shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.

In addition, after completion of the Initial Public Offering and prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, only holders of our Class B Ordinary Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors. As a result, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the appointment of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, but may do so in the future. Accordingly, if we choose to do so, our investors will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

Financial Position

With funds available for a Business Combination in the amount of approximately $259.2 million in our Trust Account as of December 31, 2025, we offer a target business a variety of options, such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial Business Combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

General

If our initial Business Combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial Business Combination or used for redemptions of our Class A Ordinary Shares, we may use the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account following the closing for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial Business Combination, to fund the purchase of other companies, or for working capital.

8

We may need to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination and we may effectuate our initial Business Combination using the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering rather than using the amounts held in the Trust Account. In addition, we intend to target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Units, and, as a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the Trust Account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemptions by Public Shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would expect to complete such financing only simultaneously with the completion of our initial Business Combination. In the case of an initial Business Combination funded with assets other than the Trust Account assets, our proxy materials or tender offer documents disclosing the initial Business Combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek shareholder approval of such financing. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial Business Combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following consummation of the Initial Public Offering. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise. None of our Sponsors, officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial Business Combination.

Sources of Target Businesses

Target business candidates are brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and private investment funds. Target businesses are brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this Report and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates of which they become aware through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the track record and business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction.

Prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination, there may be payment by the company to our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor, or our or their affiliates, of a finder’s fee, advisory fee, consulting fee or success fee for any services they render in order to effectuate the completion of our initial business, which, if made prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination, will be paid from funds held outside the Trust Account.

We will engage a finder only to the extent our Management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our Management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of a finder’s fee is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the Trust Account.

Evaluation of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination

In evaluating a prospective target business, we conduct a due diligence review which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the Business Combination transaction.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial Business Combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our initial Business Combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another Business Combination.

9

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial Business Combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete Business Combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial Business Combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

● subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial Business Combination, and

● cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial Business Combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our Management Team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our Management Team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial Business Combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial Business Combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial Business Combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our Management Team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial Business Combination.

Following a Business Combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek shareholder approval for business or other reasons.

Under Nasdaq’s listing rules, shareholder approval would be required for our initial Business Combination if, for example:

● We issue Ordinary Shares that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of our Ordinary Shares then outstanding (other than in a public offering);

● Any of our directors, officers or substantial shareholders (as defined by Nasdaq Rules) has a 5% or greater interest earned on the Trust Account (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of Ordinary Shares could result in an increase in outstanding Ordinary Shares or voting power of 5% or more; or

● The issuance or potential issuance of Ordinary Shares will result in our undergoing a change of control.

The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination in those instances in which shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on business and legal reasons, which include a variety of factors, including, but not limited to: (i) the timing of the transaction, including in the event we determine shareholder approval would require additional time and there is either not enough time to seek shareholder approval or doing so would place the company at a disadvantage in the transaction or result in other additional burdens on the company; (ii) the expected cost of holding a shareholder vote; (iii) the risk that the shareholders would fail to approve the proposed Business Combination; (iv) other time and budget constraints of the company; and (v) additional legal complexities of a proposed Business Combination that would be time-consuming and burdensome to present to shareholders.

10

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates may purchase Public Shares or Public Rights in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial Business Combination, although they are under no obligation or duty to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgment that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from Public Shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. It is intended that, if Rule 10b-18 would apply to purchases by Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates, then such purchases will comply with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, to the extent it applies, which provides a safe harbor for purchases made under certain conditions, including with respect to timing, pricing and volume of purchases.

Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial Business Combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire Public Shares, vote their Public Shares in favor of our initial Business Combination or not redeem their Public Shares. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase Public Shares, or Public Rights in such transactions.

The purpose of any such transactions could be to (1) increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the Business Combination, (2) reduce the number of Public Rights outstanding and/or increase the likelihood of approval on any matters submitted to the Public Rights holders for approval in connection with our initial Business Combination or (3) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial Business Combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible. To the extent that any Public Shares are purchased, such purchases will be in compliance with all of the requirements set forth in Tender Offers and Schedules Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations Question 166.01 promulgated by the SEC, including that such Public Shares will not be voted.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated transactions by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders (in the case of Class A Ordinary Shares) following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial Business Combination. To the extent that our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates enter into a private transaction, they would identify and contact only potential selling or redeeming shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account or vote against our initial Business Combination, whether or not such shareholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial Business Combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the general meeting related to our initial Business Combination. Our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase shares from based on the negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will be restricted from purchasing shares if such purchases do not comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates will be restricted from making purchases of shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. Additionally, in the event our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates were to purchase Public Shares or Public Rights from Public Shareholders, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:

● our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our Business Combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates may purchase Public Shares or Public Rights from Public Shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases;

11

● if our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates were to purchase Public Shares or Public Rights from Public Shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process;

● our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our Business Combination transaction would include a representation that any of our securities purchased by our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the Business Combination transaction;

● our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and

● we would disclose in a Current Report on Form 8-K, before our general meeting of shareholders to approve the Business Combination transaction, the following material items:

● the amount of our securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates, along with the purchase price;

● the purpose of the purchases by our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates;

● the impact, if any, of the purchases by our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates on the likelihood that the Business Combination transaction will be approved;

● the identities of our security holders who sold to our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of our security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisor and their affiliates; and

● the number of our securities for which we have received redemption requests pursuant to our redemption offer.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Ordinary Shares, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial Business Combination, upon the completion of our initial Business Combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less income taxes, if any, payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein. The amount in the Trust Account was initially $10.00 per Public Share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the Deferred Fees we will pay to the Underwriters. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor have entered into a Letter Agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and any Public Shares they may hold in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination. The non-managing sponsor investors are not required to (i) hold any Units, Class A Ordinary Shares or Public Rights they purchased in the IPO or thereafter for any amount of time, (ii) vote any Class A Ordinary Shares they own at the applicable time in favor of our initial Business Combination or (iii) refrain from exercising their right to redeem their Public Shares at the time of our initial Business Combination. The non-managing sponsor investors have the same rights to the funds held in the Trust Account with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares comprising part of the Units they purchased in the IPO as the rights afforded to our other Public Shareholders.

Our proposed initial Business Combination may impose a minimum cash requirement for (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A Ordinary Shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial Business Combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A Ordinary Shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof. We may, however, raise funds through the issuance of equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial Business Combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop arrangements we may enter into following consummation of the Initial Public Offering, in order to, among other reasons, satisfy such net tangible assets or minimum cash requirements.

12

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Ordinary Shares upon the completion of our initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or whether we were deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules). Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our Company (other than with a 90% subsidiary of ours) and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares or seek to amend our Amended and Restated Articles would require shareholder approval. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with Nasdaq’s shareholder approval rules.

The requirement that we provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares by one of the two methods listed above are contained in provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles and will apply whether or not we maintain our registration under the Exchange Act or our listing on Nasdaq. Such provisions may be amended if approved by a Special Resolution, which requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the shareholders who, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company, so long as we offer redemption in connection with such amendment.

If we provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in connection with a general meeting, we will, pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles :

● conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

● file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our Public Shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial Business Combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial Business Combination only if we obtain the approval of an Ordinary Resolution under Cayman Islands law and our Amended and Restated Articles, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. A quorum for such meeting will be present if the holders of at least one third of issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting are represented in person or by proxy. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor will count toward this quorum and, pursuant to the Letter Agreement, our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor have agreed to vote their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and any Public Shares purchased during or after the IPO (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the Business Combination transaction) in favor of our initial Business Combination. For purposes of seeking approval of an Ordinary Resolution, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial Business Combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our Initial Shareholders’ Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares, we would need 7,240,001, or approximately 32.9%, of the 22,000,000 Public Shares sold in the IPO to be voted in favor of an initial Business Combination in order to have our initial Business Combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted, the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised and the parties to the Letter Agreement do not acquire any Class A Ordinary Shares. Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, or 9,840,000 Ordinary Shares, representing a quorum under our Amended and Restated Articles vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we will not need any Public Shares in addition to our Founder Shares to be voted in favor of an initial Business Combination in order to approve an initial Business Combination. However, if our initial Business Combination is structured as a statutory merger or consolidation with another company under Cayman Islands law, the approval of our initial Business Combination will require a Special Resolution, which requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the shareholders who, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting. In addition, prior to the closing of our initial Business Combination, only holders of our Class B Ordinary Shares (i) will have the right to appoint and remove directors prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination and (ii) will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any Special Resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreement of our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial Business Combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or vote against the proposed transaction, or whether they do not vote or abstain from voting on the proposed transaction, or whether they were a public shareholder on the record date for the general meeting held to approve the proposed transaction.

13

If a shareholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will:

● conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

● file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial Business Combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on Public Shareholders not tendering more than the number of Public Shares we are permitted to redeem. If Public Shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial Business Combination.

Upon the public announcement of our initial Business Combination, if we elect to conduct redemption pursuant to the tender offer rules, we or our Sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A Ordinary Shares in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

We require our Public Shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to, at the holder’s option, either deliver their share certificates to our transfer agent or deliver their shares to our transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) system, prior to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. In the case of proxy materials, this date may be up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the initial Business Combination. In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote, we intend to require a public shareholder seeking redemption of its Public Shares to also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent two business days prior to the scheduled vote in which the name of the beneficial owner of such shares is included. The proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our Public Shares in connection with our initial Business Combination will indicate whether we are requiring Public Shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. We believe that this will allow our transfer agent to efficiently process any redemptions without the need for further communication or action from the redeeming Public Shareholders, which could delay redemptions and result in additional administrative cost. If the proposed initial Business Combination is not approved and we continue to search for a target company, we will promptly return any certificates or shares delivered by Public Shareholders who elected to redeem their shares.

Our proposed initial Business Combination may impose a minimum cash requirement for (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A Ordinary Shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial Business Combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A Ordinary Shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof. We may, however, raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial Business Combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop arrangements we may enter into following consummation of the Initial Public Offering, in order to, among other reasons, satisfy such net tangible assets or minimum cash requirements.

Limitation on Redemption Upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Shareholder Approval

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Amended and Restated Articles provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed Business Combination as a means to force us or our Management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our Sponsor or our Management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in the IPO without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial Business Combination, particularly in connection with a Business Combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

14

However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial Business Combination.

Delivering Share Certificates in Connection with the Exercise of Redemption Rights

As described above, we require our Public Shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to, at the holder’s option, either deliver their share certificates to our transfer agent or deliver their shares to our transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) system, prior to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. In the case of proxy materials, this date may be up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the initial Business Combination. In addition, if we conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote, we intend to require a public shareholder seeking redemption of its Public Shares to also submit a written request for redemption to our transfer agent two business days prior to the scheduled vote in which the name of the beneficial owner of such shares is included. The proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our Public Shares in connection with our initial Business Combination will indicate whether we are requiring Public Shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the initial Business Combination if we distribute proxy materials, or from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, as applicable, to submit or tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures disclosed in the proxy or tender offer materials, as applicable, its shares may not be redeemed. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their Public Shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent typically charge the broker submitting or tendering shares a fee of approximately $100 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to submit or tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our Public Shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial Business Combination.

If our initial Business Combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our Public Shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed Business Combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a Business Combination with a different target until the end of the completion window.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if No Initial Business Combination

Our Amended and Restated Articles provide that we have only the duration of the completion window to complete our initial Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within such time period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (which interest shall be net of income taxes, if any, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then-outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our Rights, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the completion window.

15

Our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor have entered into a Letter Agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the completion window, although they will entitled to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account. However, if our Sponsor, Management Team or advisor acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the allotted completion window.

Our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our Amended and Restated Articles (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our Public Shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, in each case unless we provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares. The non-managing sponsor investors are not required to (i) hold any Units, Class A Ordinary Shares or Rights they may purchase in the Initial Public Offering or thereafter for any amount of time, (ii) vote any Class A Ordinary Shares they may own at the applicable time in favor of our initial Business Combination or (iii) refrain from exercising their right to redeem their Public Shares at the time of our initial Business Combination. The non-managing sponsor investors have the same rights to the funds held in the Trust Account with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares comprising part of the Units as the rights afforded to our other Public Shareholders.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,270,000 of proceeds held outside the Trust Account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the Trust Account not required to pay taxes on interest income earned on the Trust Account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Units, other than the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the Trust Account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our Public Shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our Public Shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our Management will consider whether competitive alternatives are reasonably available to us and will only enter into an agreement with such third party if Management believes that such third party’s engagement would be in the best interests of the company under the circumstances. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by Management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where Management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. Withum, our independent registered public accounting firm, and the Underwriters of the Initial Public Offering will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us (except for the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or Business Combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our initial Business Combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial Business Combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your Public Shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

16

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share Redemption Price will not be less than $10.00 per share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account. Our Sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the Underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We have access to up to approximately $1,270,000 from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering with which to pay any such potential claims, including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000. In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our Trust Account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

If we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our Public Shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy/insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance, preference or disposition.” As a result, a liquidator or bankruptcy or other court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our Board of Directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying Public Shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our Public Shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our Public Shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within the completion window, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our Amended and Restated Articles (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our Public Shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of our initial Business Combination, subject to applicable law and any limitations (including but not limited to cash requirements) created by the terms of the proposed Business Combination. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial Business Combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the Business Combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles , like all provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles , may be amended with a shareholder vote.

17

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial Business Combination, we may encounter competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other special purpose acquisition companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting Business Combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess similar or greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our Public Shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial Business Combination and our issued and outstanding Rights, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial Business Combination.

Facilities

We currently utilize office space at 801 Brickell Avenue, 8^th Floor, Miami, Florida, 33131, provided by Oyster Management II LLC, the managing member of our Sponsor. We will incur a fee payable to an affiliate of our Sponsor in an amount equal to $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to us. Upon completion of our initial Business Combination or our liquidation, we will cease incurring these monthly fees.

We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have two officers: Mr. Zarazua, our Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Rollins, our Chief Financial Officer. They are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial Business Combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial Business Combination and the stage of the Business Combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our Units, Class A Ordinary Shares and Public Rights under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports shall contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may conduct an initial Business Combination with because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential Business Combination candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential Business Combination candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

18

We are required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026, as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such Business Combination.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 30 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us. We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our Management Team in their capacities as such.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

As a smaller reporting company under Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, we are not required to include risk factors in this Report. However, the following is a partial list of material risks, uncertainties and other factors that could have a material effect on us and our operations:

Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination

● we are a blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and our shareholders have a limited basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, completing an initial Business Combination;

● we may not be able to complete our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period, in which case we would liquidate and redeem our Public Shares;

● we may seek Business Combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results;

● we may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular Business Combination;

19

● we may issue our Ordinary Shares to investors in connection with our initial Business Combination at a price that is less than the prevailing market price of our Ordinary Shares at that time;

● our Public Shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial Business Combination, and even if we hold a vote, holders of our Founder Shares will participate in such vote, which means we may complete our initial Business Combination even though a majority of our Public Shareholders do not support such a combination;

● as the number of SPACs evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets, or such attractive targets may not be interested in consummating a Business Combination with a SPAC due to a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs. This could increase the cost of our initial Business Combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial Business Combination;

● we may attempt to simultaneously complete Business Combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial Business Combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability;

● we may engage one or more of the Underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after the Initial Public Offering, which may include acting as mergers and acquisitions advisor in connection with an initial Business Combination or as placement agent in connection with a related financing transaction. The Underwriters are entitled to receive the Deferred Fee that will be released from the Trust Account only upon completion of an initial Business Combination. These financial incentives may cause the Underwriters to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us after the Initial Public Offering, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial Business Combination;

● we may attempt to complete our initial Business Combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all;

● resources could be wasted on researching Business Combinations targets that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period, our Public Shareholders may receive only the Redemption Price, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Rights will expire worthless;

● recent fluctuations in inflation and interest rates in the United States and elsewhere could make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination;

● military or other conflicts and other disruptions to the equity or debt capital markets, including as a result of inflation in the United States and elsewhere, may lead to increased volume and price volatility for publicly traded securities, or affect the operations or financial condition of potential target companies, which could make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination;

● changes in laws or regulations (including the adoption of policies by governing administrations), or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination, and results of operations;

● certain agreements related to the Initial Public Offering may be amended, or their provisions waived, without shareholder approval in order to effectuate an initial Business Combination, SPACs have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their memorandums and articles of association, and other governing instruments. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our Amended and Restated Articles or governing agreement in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial Business Combination that our shareholders may not support;

20

● changes in international trade policies, tariffs and treaties affecting imports and exports may have a material adverse effect on our search for an initial Business Combination target or the performance or business prospects of a post-Business Combination company

● adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, including events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults or non-performance by financial institutions, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or our Business Combination prospects;

● cyber incidents or attacks directed at us or third parties could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss, as well as impact our ability to consummate an initial Business Combination;

● if we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination;

● if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders and Management Team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial Business Combination, regardless of how our Public Shareholders vote. As such, under certain circumstances, we may not need any Public Shares in addition to Founder Shares to be voted in favor of our initial Business Combination to approve an initial Business Combination;

● our Public Shareholders’ only opportunity to effect their investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to the exercise of their right to redeem their Public Shares from us for cash;

● the ability of our Public Shareholders to redeem their Public Shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential Business Combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a Business Combination with a target;

● the ability of our Public Shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Ordinary Shares and the payment of the Deferred Fee may not allow us to complete the most desirable Business Combination or optimize our capital structure, and may materially dilute Public Shareholders’ investment in us;

● the ability of our Public Shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our Ordinary Shares could increase the probability that our initial Business Combination would be unsuccessful and that our Public Shareholders would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem their Public Shares;

● the requirement that we complete our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential Business Combination targets, in particular as we approach the end of the Combination Period, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial Business Combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders;

● we may decide not to extend the Combination Period, in which case we would liquidate and redeem our Public Shares, and the Rights would be worthless;

● if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, our Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their respective affiliates may elect to purchase Public Shares or Public Rights from Public Shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed Business Combination and reduce the public “float” of our Public Shares or Public Rights;

● if a Public Shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem their Public Shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for submitting or tendering their Public Shares, such Public Shares may not be redeemed;

● our Public Shareholders will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of other blank check companies subject to Rule 419 of the Securities Act;

21

● if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if a shareholder or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A Ordinary Shares, they may lose the ability to redeem all such Public Shares in excess of 15% of our Class A Ordinary Shares;

● because of our limited resources and the significant competition for Business Combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination, our Public Shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to Public Shareholders, and our Rights will expire worthless;

● if the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the duration of the Combination Period, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial Business Combination, and we will depend on loans from our Sponsor or Management Team to fund our search and to complete our initial Business Combination;

● our search for an initial Business Combination, and any target business with which we may ultimately consummate an initial Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected by current global geopolitical conditions;

● if we are unable to consummate our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period, our Public Shareholders may be forced to wait beyond May 23, 2027 before redemption from our Trust Account;

● we may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation of our initial Business Combination, which could delay the opportunity for our Public Shareholders to discuss company affairs with Management, and the holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares will not have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors or continuing our Company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands until after the consummation of our initial Business Combination;

● since only holders of our Class B Ordinary Shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, Nasdaq considers us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Rules and, as a result, we may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements;

● our Sponsor controls the appointment of our Board of Directors until consummation of our initial Business Combination and holds a substantial interest in us. As a result, it will appoint all of our directors prior to the consummation of our initial Business Combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that our Public Shareholders do not support;

● because we are neither limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any target businesses with which to pursue our initial Business Combination, our shareholders are unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’ operations;

● we may seek Business Combination opportunities in industries or sectors that may be outside of our Management’s areas of expertise;

● although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial Business Combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial Business Combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines;

● we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, and consequently, our shareholders may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view;

● we may issue additional Class A Ordinary Shares or preferred shares to complete our initial Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial Business Combination. We may also issue Class A Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Founder Shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

22

● unlike some other similarly structured SPACs, our Initial Shareholders, Sponsor, officers and directors will receive additional Class A Ordinary Shares if we issue certain shares to consummate an initial Business Combination;

● we may engage in a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders, which may raise potential conflicts of interest;

● we may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a Business Combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us;

● we may only be able to complete one Business Combination with the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business, and which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability;

● we do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial Business Combination when a substantial majority of our Public Shareholders do not agree;

● the provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles that relate to our pre-Business Combination activity (and corresponding provisions governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with  a Special Resolution of our shareholders, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other SPACs. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend the Amended and Restated Articles to facilitate the completion of an initial Business Combination that some of our Public Shareholders may not support;

● because we must furnish our shareholders with financial statements of our Business Combination target, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial Business Combination with some prospective target businesses;

● compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial Business Combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an initial Business Combination;

Risks Relating to the Post-Business Combination Company

● the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial Business Combination. The loss of a Business Combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business;

● subsequent to our completion of our initial Business Combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause our shareholders to lose some or all of their investment;

● our Management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial Business Combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business;

● we may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial Business Combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company;

23

● our initial Business Combination and our structure thereafter may not be tax-efficient to our shareholders and Right holders. As a result of our Business Combination, our tax obligations may be more complex, burdensome and/or uncertain;

Risks Relating to Acquiring or Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

● we may not be able to complete an initial Business Combination because such initial Business Combination may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirements, including foreign investment regulations and review by government entities such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States, or may be ultimately prohibited;

● if our initial Business Combination involves a company organized under the laws of a state of the United States (or any subdivision thereof), the Excise Tax could be imposed on us in connection with redemptions of our Ordinary Shares after or in connection with such initial Business Combination;

● if we effect our initial Business Combination with a company located outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may adversely affect us;

● we may reincorporate in, or transfer by way of continuation to, another jurisdiction, which may result in taxes imposed on our shareholders or Right holders.

● we may reincorporate in or transfer by way of continuation to another jurisdiction in connection with our initial Business Combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights;

● we are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance;

● if our Management following our initial Business Combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues;

● exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished;

● after our initial Business Combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate;

Risks Relating to our Management Team

● our officers and directors allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial Business Combination;

● changes in the market for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial Business Combination;

● we may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and officers;

● past performance by our Management Team, our advisors and their respective affiliates, including investments and transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in our Company;

● we are dependent upon our officers and directors and their loss, or a reduction in the amount of time they can dedicate to our initial Business Combination, could adversely affect our ability to operate;

24

● our ability to successfully effect our initial Business Combination and to be successful thereafter is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial Business Combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business;

● the ownership interest of our Sponsor may change, and our Sponsor may divest its ownership interest in us before identifying a Business Combination, which could deprive us of key personnel and advisors;

● our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination, and a particular Business Combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular Business Combination is the most advantageous;

● our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including other blank check companies, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented;

● members of our Management Team and Board of Directors have significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. Certain of those persons have been, are currently, or may become, involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including related to those companies or otherwise. This may have an adverse effect on us, which may impede our ability to consummate an initial Business Combination;

● members of our Management Team and affiliated companies may have been, and may in the future be, involved in civil disputes or governmental investigations unrelated to our business;

Risks Relating to our Securities and Shareholder Rights

● to mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, we may, at any time (based on our Management Team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the Trust Account and instead to hold the funds in the Trust Account in an interest-bearing demand deposit account at a bank until the earlier of the consummation of our initial Business Combination or our liquidation. As a result, following the liquidation of investments in the Trust Account, we will likely receive less interest on the funds held in the Trust Account than we would have had the Trust Account remained as initially invested, such that our Public Shareholders would receive less upon any redemption or liquidation of our Company than what they would have received had the investments not been liquidated;

● our Public Shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their Public Shares;

● if third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by Public Shareholders may be less than the Redemption Price;

● our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our Public Shareholders;

● the securities in which we invest the funds held in the Trust Account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the interest income available for payment of taxes or reduce the value of the assets held in the Trust Account such that the per-share redemption amount received by Public Shareholders may be less than the Redemption Price;

● if, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our Public Shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our Public Shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced;

25

● if, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our Public Shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a liquidator or a bankruptcy, insolvency or other court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our Board of Directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our Board of Directors and us to claims of punitive damages;

● an active market for our public securities may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities, and our shareholders may have limited liquidity and trading;

● since our Sponsor, directors and officers and any other holder of our Founder Shares will lose their entire investment in us if our initial Business Combination is not completed (other than with respect to any Public Shares they may acquire during or after the Initial Public Offering), and because our Sponsor, officers and directors and any other holder of our Founder Shares may profit substantially even under circumstances in which our Public Shareholders would experience losses in connection with their investment, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular Business Combination target is appropriate for our initial Business Combination;

● the value of the Founder Shares following completion of our initial Business Combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our Public Shares at such time is substantially less than the Redemption Price;

● Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions;

● our Public Shareholders do not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate their investment, they may be forced to sell their Public Shares or Public Rights, potentially at a loss.

● our Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per Founder Share and, accordingly, our Public Shareholders experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our Class A Ordinary Shares;

● the nominal purchase price paid by our Sponsor for the Founder Shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of the Public Shares upon the consummation of our initial Business Combination, and our Sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial Business Combination, even if the Business Combination causes the trading price of our Ordinary Shares to materially decline;

● because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, our shareholders may face difficulties in protecting their interests, and their ability to protect their rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited;

● after our initial Business Combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore, shareholders may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights;

● provisions in our Amended and Restated Articles may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A Ordinary Shares and could entrench Management;

● our Amended and Restated Articles provide that the courts of the Cayman Islands will be the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for complaints against us or our directors, officers or employees;

● whether a redemption of Public Shares will be treated as a sale of such Class A Ordinary Shares for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on a shareholder’s specific facts;

26

● we may amend the terms of the Rights in a manner that may be adverse to holders of Rights with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Rights. As a result, the conversion ratio of the Rights could be changed, the conversion period could be shortened and the number of Class A Ordinary Shares upon conversion of a Right could be changed, all without right holder approval;

● the Rights Agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our Rights, which could limit the ability of right holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our Company;

● because each Unit contains one Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of our initial Business Combination and only a whole Class A Ordinary Share will be issued in exchange for Rights, the Units may be worth less than units of other SPACs;

● holders of Class A Ordinary Shares are not entitled to vote on continuing our Company in a jurisdiction outside of the Cayman Islands;

● the grant of registration rights to our Sponsor, BTIG and other holders of our Private Placement Units (and their underlying securities) may make it more difficult to complete our initial Business Combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares;

● we may be a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to our U.S. shareholders;

● we are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies; and

● We may decide not to extend the term we have to consummate our initial Business Combination, in which case we would redeem our Public Shares, and the Rights would be worthless.

For additional risks relating to our operations, see the section titled “Risk Factors” contained in our IPO Registration Statements. As of the date of this Report, there have been no material changes with respect to those risk factors, other than as set forth below. Any of these previously disclosed risk factors could result in a significant or material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our ability to consummate an initial Business Combination. We may disclose changes to such risk factors or disclose additional risk factors from time to time in our future filings with the SEC.

27

The share price of the post-Business Combination company may be less than the Redemption Price of our Public Shares.

Each Unit sold in our Initial Public Offering at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit consisted of one Public Share and one Public Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of our initial Business Combination. Of the proceeds we received from the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, $253,000,000 was placed in our Trust Account. We will provide our Public Shareholders the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination, and potentially upon the occurrence of certain other events prior to our initial Business Combination. The pro rata Redemption Price was approximately $10.24 per Public Share as of December 31, 2025, representing a pro rata portion of our Trust Account without taking into account any interest or other income earned on such funds (less any withdrawals from such interest or income for taxes paid), although the Redemption Price may be less in certain circumstances. As a result, Public Shareholders who own our Public Shares on a redemption date can anticipate receiving the Redemption Price in connection with a redemption for each Public Share that they choose to redeem.

There can be no assurance that, after our initial Business Combination, our Public Shareholders would be able to sell their shares in the post-Business Combination company for the Redemption Price, or any higher price. We have not, as yet, entered into a definitive agreement with any specific Business Combination target and are therefore unable to provide any assurances as to its financial condition, business prospects or potential risks. It is therefore possible that the share price of the post-Business Combination company may decline below the Redemption Price. In recent years, the share prices of many post-Business Combination companies have fallen following a Business Combination. As a result, if our Public Shareholders continue to hold shares in the post-Business Combination company following our initial Business Combination, we cannot assure our shareholders that the trading price of such shares will be greater than the Redemption Price.

Changes in international trade policies, tariffs and treaties affecting imports and exports may have a material adverse effect on our search for an initial Business Combination target or the performance or business prospects of a post-Business Combination company.

There have recently been significant changes to international trade policies and tariffs affecting imports and exports. Any significant increases in tariffs on goods or materials or other changes in trade policy could negatively affect our search for a target and/or our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.

In recent years, the U.S. has implemented a range of new tariffs and increases to existing tariffs.  In response to the “tariffs announced by the U.S., other countries have imposed, are considering imposing, and may in the future impose new or increased tariffs on certain exports from the United States. There is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and other countries with respect to trade policies, taxes, government regulations and tariffs. and we cannot predict whether, and to what extent, current tariffs will continue or trade policies will change in the future.

Tariffs, or the threat of tariffs or increased tariffs, could have a significant negative impact on certain businesses (either due to domestic businesses’ reliance on imported goods or dependence on access to foreign markets, or foreign businesses’ reliance on sales into the United States). In addition, retaliatory tariffs could have a significant negative impact on foreign businesses that rely on imports from the United States, and domestic businesses that rely on exporting goods internationally. These tariffs and threats of tariffs and other potential trade policy changes could negatively affect the attractiveness of certain initial Business Combination targets, or lead to material adverse effects on a post-Business Combination company. Among other things, historical financial performance of companies affected by trade policies and/or tariffs may not provide useful guidance as to the future performance of such companies, because future financial performance of those companies may be materially affected by new U.S. tariffs or foreign retaliatory tariffs, or other changes to trade policies. The business prospects of a particular target for a Business Combination could change even after we enter into a Business Combination agreement, as a result of tariffs or the threat of tariffs that may have a material impact on that target's business, and it may be costly or impractical for us to terminate that Business Combination agreement.  These factors could affect our selection of a Business Combination target.  

We may not be able to adequately address the risks presented by these tariffs or other potential trade policy changes. As a result, we may deem it costly, impractical or risky to complete an initial Business Combination with a particular target or with a target in a particular industry or from a particular country. Consequently, the pool of potential target companies may be reduced, which could impair our ability to identify a suitable target and to complete an initial Business Combination.  If we complete an initial Business Combination with such a target, the post-Business Combination company’s operations and financial results could be adversely affected as a result of tariffs or changes to trade policies, which may cause the market value of the securities of the post-Business Combination company to decline.

28

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity.

Although, as a blank check company, we do not have any operations, we are nonetheless subject to the risk of cybersecurity incidents. Among other things, the investments in our Trust Account and bank deposits may be vulnerable to such incidents, and we may depend on the digital technologies of third parties. We and third parties may be subject to cybersecurity attacks or security breaches. To the extent that we rely on the technologies of third parties, we depend upon the personnel and the processes of such third parties to protect against cybersecurity incidents, and we have no personnel or processes of our own for this purpose. In the event of a cybersecurity incident impacting on us, our Management Team will report to the Audit Committee and provide updates on the Management Team’s incident response plan for addressing and mitigating any risks associated with such an incident. As an early-stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We also lack sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have material adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss. We have not encountered any cybersecurity incidents since our Initial Public Offering. In addition to our own cybersecurity risks, any proposed Business Combination target, may have been subject to, or may in the future be subject to, cybersecurity incidents.

Item 2. Properties.

Our executive offices are located at 801 Brickell Avenue, 8^th Floor, Miami, Florida, 33131, and our telephone number is (786) 744-7720. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee we pay to an affiliate of our Sponsor for certain office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support, pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

To the knowledge of our Management Team, there is no material litigation currently pending or contemplated against us, any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such, or against any of our property.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

29

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

(a) Market Information

Our Public Units, Public Shares and Public Rights are each traded on the Global Market tier of Nasdaq under the symbols “OYSEU”, “OYSE” and “OYSER”, respectively. Our Public Units commenced public trading on May 22, 2025, and our Public Shares and Public Rights commenced separate public trading on July 11, 2025.

(b) Holders

On March 9, 2026, there were three holders of record of our Units, one holder of record of our Class A Ordinary Shares, one holder of record of our Class B Ordinary Shares and one holder of record of our Rights.

(c) Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Ordinary Shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial Business Combination will be within the discretion of our Board of Directors at such time. In addition, our Board of Directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial Business Combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

(d) Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

(e) Performance Graph

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide the information required by Regulation S-K Item 201(e).

(f) Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Simultaneously with the closing of the upsized Initial Public Offering and pursuant to the Private Placement Units Purchase Agreements, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 708,000 Private Placement Units to our Sponsor and BTIG in the Private Placement at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $7,080,000. Of those 708,000 Private Placement Units, the Sponsor purchased 455,000 Private Placement Units and BTIG purchased 253,000 Private Placement Units. The Private Placement Units (and underlying securities) are identical to the Public Units (and underlying securities), except as otherwise disclosed in the IPO Registration Statements. No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sale. The issuance of the Private Placement Units was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

(g) Use of Proceeds

For a description of the use of proceeds generated in our Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, see Part II, Item 2 of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2025, as filed with the SEC on August 8, 2025. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and Private Placement as described in the IPO Registration Statements. The specific investments in our Trust Account may change from time to time.

On May 23, 2025, we consummated our upsized Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 Public Units, including 3,300,000 Option Units issued pursuant to the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. Each Public Unit consists of one Public Share and one Public Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of our initial Business Combination.

30

The Public Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Public Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $253,000,000. BTIG  acted as book runner and representative of the Underwriters. On May 23, 2025, simultaneously with the closing of the upsized Initial Public Offering and pursuant to the Private Placement Units Purchase Agreements, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 708,000 Private Placement Units to our Sponsor and BTIG in the Private Placement at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $7,080,000. Of those 708,000 Private Placement Units, our Sponsor purchased 455,000 Private Placement Units and BTIG purchased 253,000 Private Placement Units. The Private Placement Units (and underlying securities) are identical to the Public Units (and underlying securities), except as otherwise disclosed in the IPO Registration Statements.

Following the closing of our Initial Public Offering on May 23, 2025, a total of $253,000,000, comprised of the net proceeds from the IPO (which amount includes up to $8,855,000 of the Underwriter’s Deferred Fee) and the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Units, was placed in the Trust Account maintained by Continental, acting as trustee. The proceeds held in the Trust Account may be invested by the trustee only in U.S. government securities with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. government treasury obligations and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the Trust Account, we may, at any time (based on our Management Team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the Trust Account and instead to hold the funds in the Trust Account in cash or in an interest-bearing demand deposit account at a bank.

The remaining proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement are held outside the Trust Account. Such funds are being used primarily to enable us to identify a target and to negotiate and consummate our initial Business Combination.

There has been no material change in the planned use of the proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement as described in the IPO Registration Statements. The specific investments in our Trust Account may change from time to time.

(h) Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

There were no purchases of our equity securities by us or an affiliate during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by the Report.

Item 6. [Reserved]

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Report including, without limitation, statements under this Item regarding our financial position, possible Business Combinations and the financing thereof, and related matters, and the plans and objectives of Management for future operations, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. When used in this Report, words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend” and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our Management, identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our Management’s current expectations and projections about future events, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to our Management. Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors detailed in our filings with the SEC. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.

31

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on October 9, 2024 for the purpose of effecting a Business Combination. Our Sponsor is Oyster Enterprises II LLC.

Although we are not limited in our search for target businesses to a particular industry or sector for the purpose of consummating the Business Combination, we are focusing our search on AI companies positioned to complement or disrupt those industries, as well as companies within the digital assets and blockchain ecosystem. We are an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, we are subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies. We expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. There can be no assurance that our plans to complete a Business Combination will be successful.

On May 23, 2025, we consummated our upsized Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 Public Units, including 3,300,000 Option Units issued pursuant to the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. Each Public Unit consists of one Public Share and one Public Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of our initial Business Combination.

The Public Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Public Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $253,000,000. BTIG acted as book runner and representative of the Underwriters. On May 23, 2025, simultaneously with the closing of the upsized Initial Public Offering and pursuant to the Private Placement Units Purchase Agreements, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 708,000 Private Placement Units to our Sponsor and BTIG in the Private Placement at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $7,080,000. Of those 708,000 Private Placement Units, our Sponsor purchased 455,000 Private Placement Units and BTIG purchased 253,000 Private Placement Units. The Private Placement Units (and underlying securities) are identical to the Public Units (and underlying securities), except as otherwise disclosed in the IPO Registration Statements.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, an amount of $253,000,000 from the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement was initially placed in the Trust Account located in the United States with Continental acting as trustee. Pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account may be invested only (i) in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act with a maturity of 185 days or less, (ii) in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by us meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, (iii) as uninvested cash or (iv) in interest or non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts at a U.S. chartered commercial bank with consolidated assets of $100 billion or more selected by the Trustee that is reasonably satisfactory to us, until the earlier of: (x) the completion of the Business Combination and (y) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

We have until May 23, 2027 (24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering), or until such (x) earlier date as our Board may approve or (y) later date as our shareholders may approve, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Articles, to consummate the Business Combination. If we are unable to complete the Business Combination by the end of the Combination Period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay taxes, if any, divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject, in each case, to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

We may seek to extend the Combination Period consistent with applicable laws, regulations and stock exchange rules by amending our Amended and Restated Articles. Any such amendment would require the approval of our Public Shareholders, who will be provided the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares in connection with the vote on such approval. Such redemptions will decrease the amount held in our Trust Account and our capitalization, and may affect our ability to maintain our listing on Nasdaq. In addition, the Nasdaq Rules currently require SPACs (such as us) to complete their initial Business Combination in accordance with the Nasdaq 36-Month Requirement. If we do not meet the Nasdaq 36-Month Requirement, our securities will likely be subject to suspension of trading and delisting from Nasdaq.

32

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2025 were organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for the Initial Public Offering, described below, and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our Business Combination. We have generated non-operating income in the form of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, we had a net income of $5,784,370, which consists of interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $6,241,061, offset by formation, general and administrative costs of $456,691.

For the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, we incurred a net loss of $47,444, consisting entirely of formation, general and administrative costs.

Factors That May Adversely Affect our Results of Operations

Our results of operations and our ability to complete an initial Business Combination may be adversely affected by various factors that could cause economic uncertainty and volatility in the financial markets, many of which are beyond our control. Our results of operations and our ability to consummate an initial Business Combination could be impacted by, among other things, downturns in the financial markets or in economic conditions, increases in oil prices, inflation, fluctuations in interest rates, increases in tariffs, supply chain disruptions, declines in consumer confidence and spending, public health considerations, and geopolitical instability, such as the military conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. We cannot at this time predict the likelihood of one or more of the above events, their duration or magnitude or the extent to which they may negatively impact our business and our ability to complete an initial Business Combination.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On May 23, 2025, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the Underwriters of their Over-Allotment Option in the amount of 3,300,000 Option Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $253,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of 708,000 Private Placement Units at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, in a Private Placement to the Company’s Sponsor and BTIG, generating gross proceeds of $7,080,000.

Following the Initial Public Offering, including the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, and the Private Placement, a total of $253,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. We incurred $14,529,940 of expenses, consisting of $5,060,000 of cash underwriting fee, $8,855,000 of the Underwriters’ Deferred Fee, and $614,940 of other offering costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, net cash used in operating activities was $567,932. Net income of $5,784,370 was impacted by interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account of $6,241,061 and payment of operation costs through the IPO Promissory Note of $25,100. Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $136,341 of cash from operating activities.

For the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, net cash used in operating activities was $0. Net loss of $47,444 was impacted by payment of general and administrative costs through the IPO Promissory Note of $38,820 and formation costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B Ordinary Shares of $8,624. Changes in operating assets and liabilities provided $0 of cash from operating activities.

As of December 31, 2025, we had marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $259,241,061 (including approximately $6,241,061 of interest income) consisting of U.S. Treasury Bills with a maturity of 185 days or less. We may withdraw interest from the Trust Account to pay taxes, if any. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (which interest shall be net of income taxes payable, if any, and excluding the Deferred Fee), to complete our Business Combination. To the extent that our share capital or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

33

To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the Trust Account, we may, at any time, (based on our Management Team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act) instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the Trust Account and instead to hold the funds in the Trust Account in cash or in an interest-bearing demand deposit account at a bank.

As of December 31, 2025, we had cash of $864,584. We use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants, or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a Business Combination.

Our liquidity needs through December 31, 2025 have been satisfied through (i) a contribution of $25,000 from our Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of our Founder Shares, (ii) a loan pursuant to the IPO Promissory Note, and (iii) the net proceeds from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement held outside the Trust Account.

IPO Promissory Note

Prior to the closing of our Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor agreed to loan us an aggregate of up to $300,000 under the IPO Promissory Note to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering. Such loans and advances were non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2025 or the completion of our Initial Public Offering. The loan of $239,487.48 was fully repaid upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering on May 23, 2025. No additional borrowing is available under the IPO Promissory Note.

Working Capital Loans

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us Working Capital Loans, as may be required. If we complete a Business Combination, we will repay such Working Capital Loans. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be converted into units of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. Such units (and underlying securities) would be identical to the Private Placement Units (and underlying securities). Other than as set forth above, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such Working Capital Loans. As of December 31, 2025 and the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, we did not have any borrowings under any Working Capital Loans.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our Public Shares upon consummation of our Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than as follows:

Administrative Services Agreement

Commencing on May 21, 2025, and until the completion of our Business Combination or liquidation, we may reimburse an affiliate of our Sponsor $10,000 per month for office space, utilities, and secretarial and administrative support pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement. As of December 31, 2025, we incurred $80,000 in fees for these services, of which $10,000 was included in accrued expenses in the balance sheets of the financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

34

Underwriting Agreement

We granted the Underwriters a 45-day option from the date of the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to an additional 3,300,000 Option Units to cover over-allotments, if any. On May 23, 2025, the Underwriters fully exercised their Over-Allotment Option.

The Underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of $4,600,000 (2.0% of the gross proceeds of the Public Units offered in the Initial Public Offering). Additionally, the Underwriters are entitled to the Deferred Fee of $8,855,000, upon the completion of the initial Business Combination subject to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

The holders of (i) the Founder Shares, (ii) the Private Placement Units and (iii) any private placement-equivalent units issued in connection with the Working Capital Loans, if any (and in each case holders of their underlying securities, as applicable) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, requiring us to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to our Class A Ordinary Shares). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. BTIG may only make a demand on one occasion and only during the five-year period beginning on the effective date of the IPO Registration Statements. In addition, BTIG may participate in a “piggy-back” registration only during the seven-year period beginning on the effective date of the IPO Registration Statements. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Letter Agreement

Our Sponsor, directors and officers have entered into the Letter Agreement with us, pursuant to which, they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if they acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period.

Additionally, pursuant to the Letter Agreement, our Sponsor, directors and officers will not propose any amendment to our Amended and Restated Articles to modify (i) the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our Public Shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period or (ii) any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, unless we provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Standards

We have identified the following as our critical accounting policies. See our financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding these critical accounting policies and other significant accounting policies.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report in conformity with GAAP requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, in our financial statements. These accounting estimates require the use of assumptions about matters, some of which are highly uncertain at the time of estimation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. To the extent actual experience differs from the assumptions used, our financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report could be materially affected. We believe that the following accounting policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. As of December 31, 2025, we did not have any critical accounting estimates to be disclosed.

35

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for the Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”. Class A Ordinary Shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares (including Class A Ordinary Shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A Ordinary Shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. All of the Public Shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of our balance sheets included elsewhere in this Report.

Net Income Per Ordinary Share

We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Net income per Ordinary Share, basic and diluted for redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account by the weighted average number of redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding since original issuance. Net income per Ordinary Share, basic and diluted for Class A and non-redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing the net income, less income attributable to redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares, by the weighted average number of Class A and non-redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares outstanding for the periods presented.

Recent Accounting Standards

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating officer decision maker (“CODM”), as well as the aggregate amount of other segment items included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The ASU requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. Public entities will be required to provide all annual disclosures currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods, and entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in this ASU and existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. 

Management does not believe that there are any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, which, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under this Item.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Reference is made to pages F-1 through F-18 comprising a portion of this Report, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

36

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2025. Based upon their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective, Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in this Annual Report present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the period presented. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Report does not include a report of Management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Not applicable.

Item 9B. Other Information.

Trading Arrangements

During the quarterly period ended December 31, 2025, none of our directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act) adopted or terminated any “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or any “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Additional Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

37

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Directors and Executive Officers

As of the date of this Report, our directors and officers are as follows:

Name	Age	Position
Heath Freeman	45	Chairman of the Board of Directors
Mario Zarazua	39	Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
Mike Rollins	54	Chief Financial Officer
Divya K. Narendra	43	Director
Lief Haniford	44	Director
Jordan Fliegel	39	Director

The experience of our directors and executive officers is as follows:

Heath B. Freeman is the Chairman of our Board of Directors. Mr. Freeman is one of the founding members of Alden Global and has been its President since 2014. He has been managing and investing in companies with an opportunistic and catalyst-driven approach since 2006 when he joined Smith Management LLC, which was a prior affiliate of Alden Global. Prior to joining Smith Management, Mr. Freeman was an investment banker at Peter J. Solomon Company, where he specialized in mergers & acquisitions, structuring and financings. In addition to his investment research and operational responsibilities at Alden Global, within the media platform, Mr. Freeman currently serves as Chairman of Tribune Enterprises, LLC, a company that owns and manages media properties such as The Chicago Tribune, South Florida Sun Sentinel and The Hartford Courant and Vice Chairman of MNG Enterprises, Inc., a company that owns and manages media properties such as The Denver Post, San Jose Mercury News, Orange County Register and the Boston Herald. Within the sports platform, Mr. Freeman serves as Managing Partner of the Florida Freedom of the PBR (Professional Bull Riders) and Executive Chairman of the AVP, the premier beach volleyball league. Mr. Freeman also serves as Managing Partner of EHP Hospitality Group which owns and operates marinas, hotels, and restaurants throughout the east end of Long Island. Additionally, since 2011 Mr. Freeman has served as a director of SLT Group, LLC, which operates in the fitness space; since 2017 he has served as a director of Thuzio, Inc., a media company; and since 2024 as a director of Party Products LLC, a consumer products company which acquired certain assets of the Tupperware brand. In January 2021, Mr. Freeman became Chief Executive Officer and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Oyster I, a special purpose acquisition company that completed a $230 million initial public offering in January 2021. Oyster I elected to not complete an initial Business Combination and in December 2022 was liquidated with the cash held in trust returned to shareholders. Mr. Freeman graduated with a Bachelor of Arts degree from Duke University. He is well-qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his expertise sourcing deals and investing in a variety of business sectors including real estate, sports, entertainment and media.

Mario A. Zarazua is our Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of our Board of Directors. Since 2015, Mr. Zarazua has worked in investment or senior executive capacities at Alden Global, Smith Management LLC, or operating companies in which Alden Global was a majority owner. He is currently a Senior Managing Director at Smith Management LLC where he has invested in and managed businesses across a range of industries, including hospitality, real estate and sports, such as Florida Freedom of the PBR (Professional Bull Riders). Mr. Zarazua is also Chief Executive Officer of EHP Hospitality Group which owns and operates marinas, hotels, and restaurants throughout the east end of Long Island. He previously served as a senior investment professional at Alden Global and supported investment sourcing and deal structuring for Oyster I, whose sponsor, Oyster Enterprises LLC was an Alden Global affiliate. Previously, Mr. Zarazua served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of Payless and worked on its global restructuring from 2018 to 2019; Mr. Zarazua also served as a board member and/or officer for several affiliated or subsidiary Payless legal entities. Payless and some of its subsidiary and affiliated entities filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in February 2019, and successfully exited bankruptcy in January 2020. Prior to that role, Mr. Zarazua was Senior Vice President, M&A and Strategic Initiatives at MNG Enterprises, Inc., a company that owns media properties such as The Denver Post, San Jose Mercury News, Orange County Register and the Boston Herald. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Zarazua worked at AT&T (NYSE: T) in various roles across the company, including operations, sales, and global business strategy. Mr. Zarazua graduated with a Bachelor of Business Administration from The University of Texas at San Antonio and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. He is well-qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his expertise in the acquisition and divestiture of companies, sourcing deals, investing in a variety of business sectors, and his executive operating expertise.

38

Mike Rollins has served as our Chief Financial Officer since inception. He has served as Partner and Chief Operating Officer of Calabrese Consulting, a financial accounting and consulting firm, since 2019. Mr. Rollins has served as Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Operating Officer for several public and private companies, including eLandia International, MSH International, Inc., Elevation Health, Fuse Science Inc., Technology Control Services and TVC Telecom. Mr. Rollins holds a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration and a Master of Accountancy from the University of Georgia.

Divya K. Narendra, who has served on our board as of the date our securities began trading on Nasdaq, has served as the Chief Executive Officer and Founder of SumZero, Inc., an online community for professional investors which he founded in 2008. Mr. Narendra is also a Managing Partner of SumZero Capital, a private fund that invests in public equities recommended by the SumZero investment community, since 2024. He has been a member of the Board of Directors of Gemini Trust Company, a digital asset exchange, since 2015 and MeWe, a privacy-first social network, since 2022. Previously, Mr. Narendra was an associate at Sowood Capital Management a multi-strategy hedge fund. Prior to that, he was an analyst in the M&A Group at Credit Suisse (which was later acquired by UBS), a global financial services firm. Mr. Narendra received a Bachelor’s degree in Applied Mathematics from Harvard College and a JD/MBA from Northwestern University. He is well-qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive investing and operational experience.

Lief Haniford, who has served on our board as of the date our securities began trading on Nasdaq, has since 2023 been an independent investor. He served as a Director at Temasek International (USA) LLC, a global investment company, from 2017 to 2023, where he helped lead and manage investments in the industrials and transportation & logistics sectors and develop and drive investment strategies related to digitisation and sustainability. Prior to that, Mr. Haniford served as an Investment Analyst at BMGI, a private investment firm, from 2011 to 2016, where he invested across a variety of sectors on behalf of Bill and Melinda Gates and the Gates Foundation Trust. Previously, Mr. Haniford held positions at McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm; Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, a law firm; Jones Day, a law firm; and UBS (NYSE: UBS), a global financial services firm where he began his career as an Analyst. Mr. Haniford received a Bachelor’s and a Master’s degree from Stanford University, a JD from the University of Pennsylvania Law School, and an MBA from Harvard Business School. He is well-qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive investing experience.

Jordan Fliegel, who has served on our board as of the date our securities began trading on Nasdaq, is a two-time venture-backed tech founder and Chief Executive Officer, experienced startup investor, and advisor to Chief Executive Officer’s of high-growth companies. He also serves on the Entrepreneurs Council at the Center for American Entrepreneurship (CAE) and is the author of leadership book Coaching Up! (Wiley & Sons, 2016). Mr. Fliegel is co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Shareholder Ventures, a holding company backed by experienced founders and operators, that helps acquisition entrepreneurs acquire small and medium-sized businesses from retiring owners by providing capital, back-office support, resources and community. He was previously the Managing Director of the Techstars Sports Accelerator, which he launched in 2019. He also led the Techstars NYC Accelerator, which he took on from previous leadership in 2022. Between the two accelerators, he led investments in approximately two dozen startups per year. Mr. Fliegel is the co-founder and Managing Partner of Founders First, a vertical-agnostic early-stage angel fund and leading syndicate on AngelList, which he has led since co-founding it in 2014. Portfolio companies include seed investments in now-unicorn startups like Carta, a cap table management, and company/fund operations solution and Ramp, a business credit card, bill payment and expense management provider. He was previously co-Chief Executive Officer of Draft.com, a venture-backed fantasy sports company until its sale to Paddy Power Betfair in 2017. Before Draft, from 2012 to 2016, Mr. Fliegel was the Founder and Chief Executive Officer and President (now Chairman) of CoachUp.com, a sports coaching marketplace. Prior to CoachUp, Mr. Fliegel played professional basketball in the Israeli Premier League, Israeli National League, and EuroCup league. In 2018, he led a group that bought a minority stake in the ANBL four-time champion New Zealand Breakers. Mr. Fliegel holds a B.A. in Philosophy & Government from Bowdoin College and an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University. He is well-qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive investing and operational experience.

39

Advisors

Randall D. Smith, our advisor, is the Chief of Investments of Alden Global and is one of the founding members of the firm, which was founded in 2007. Mr. Smith has been investing in companies with an opportunistic and catalyst-driven approach for more than 50 years. Prior to focusing on principal investing through Alden Global and Smith Management LLC, he established and ran R.D. Smith & Co., a company that became one of the largest enterprises in the world devoted exclusively to financially distressed companies. R.D. Smith & Co. was both a principal investor in distressed and a broker dealer for distressed securities. Mr. Smith exited that business in 1991 to focus exclusively on managing assets for himself and affiliated entities. Prior to creating R.D. Smith & Co., he was a partner at Bear Stearns where he headed the convertible arbitrage department and later focused on distressed investing. Mr. Smith previously served as a board member for Tribune Publishing Company, which Alden Global acquired in 2021. In January 2021, Mr. Smith became Chairman of the Board of Oyster I, a special purpose acquisition company that completed a $230 million initial public offering in January 2021. Oyster I elected to not complete an initial Business Combination and in December 2022 was liquidated with the cash held in trust returned to shareholders. Mr. Smith graduated from Cornell University and received an MBA from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Our advisor assists us in sourcing and negotiating with potential Business Combination targets and provides business insights when we assess potential Business Combination targets. In this regard, he will fulfill some of the same functions as our board members. However, he has no written advisory agreement with us. Our advisor collectively indirectly owns a pecuniary interest the Founder Shares held by our Sponsor, but is not currently part to any agreements to receive additional compensation. Our advisor will not be under any fiduciary obligations to us nor will they perform board or committee functions. He will also not be required to devote any specific amount of time to our efforts or be subject to the fiduciary requirements to which our board members are subject. Accordingly, if our advisor becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the entities to which he has fiduciary or contractual obligations (including other blank check companies), he will honor his fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We may modify or expand our roster of advisors as we source potential Business Combination targets or create value in businesses that we may acquire.

Family Relationships

No family relationships exist between any of our directors or executive officers.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

There are no material proceedings to which any director or executive officer has been involved in the last ten years that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director or officer.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Messrs. Narendra, Haniford and Fliegel serve as the members of our Audit Committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the Audit Committee, all of whom must be independent. Messrs. Narendra, Haniford and Fliegel are each independent.

Mr. Narendra serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee. Each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate and our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Narendra qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

40

We have adopted an Audit Committee charter, which details the principal functions of the Audit Committee, including:

● assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm; the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

● pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures; reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships the independent registered public accounting firm have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

● setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (1) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the independent registered public accounting firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

● meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with Management and the independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing our specific disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction;

● reviewing with Management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities; and

● implementing and overseeing our cybersecurity and information security policies, and periodically reviewing the policies and managing potential cybersecurity incidents.

Compensation Committee

Our Board of Directors has established a Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Narendra and Haniford, and Mr. Haniford serves as chair of the Compensation Committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have a Compensation Committee of at least two members, all of whom must be independent. Messrs. Narendra and Haniford are each independent. We have adopted a Compensation Committee charter, which details the principal functions of the Compensation Committee, including:

● reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our chief executive officers based on such evaluation;

● reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to the compensation, and any incentive compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval of all of our other officers;

● reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

● implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

● assisting Management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

● approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

● producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement;

● reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors; and

● advising the Board and any other Board committees if the clawback provisions of the SEC Clawback Rule are triggered based upon a financial statement restatement or other financial statement change and perform any other tasks required of it by the Clawback Policy, with the assistance of Management and to the extent that our securities continue to be listed on an exchange and subject to the SEC Clawback Rule.

41

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or Nasdaq Rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the Nasdaq Rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who will participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are Messrs. Narendra, Haniford and Fliegel. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the Nasdaq Rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The Board of Directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for appointment at the next annual general meeting (or, if applicable, an extraordinary general meeting). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for appointment to our Board of Directors should follow the procedures set forth in our Amended and Restated Articles .

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our Board of Directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders. Prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of our Public Shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our Board of Directors.

Director Independence

Nasdaq Rules require that a majority of our Board of Directors be independent within one year of our Initial Public Offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person who, in the opinion of the company’s Board of Directors, has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). We have three “independent directors” as defined in Nasdaq Rules and applicable SEC rules prior to completion of our Initial Public Offering. Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Narendra, Haniford and Fliegel are “independent directors” as defined in Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted the Code of Ethics. If we make any amendments to our Code of Ethics other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules or the Nasdaq Rules, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website. The information included on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual references only.

The foregoing description of the Code of Ethics does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Code of Ethics, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 14.

Trading Policies

On May 21, 2025, we adopted the Insider Trading Policy governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our securities by directors, officers and employees, which are reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and applicable Nasdaq Rules.

The foregoing description of the Insider Trading Policy does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Insider Trading Policy, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 19.

42

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our Ordinary Shares and other equity securities. These executive officers, directors, and greater than 10% beneficial owners are required by SEC regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms filed by such reporting persons. Based solely on our review of such forms furnished to us and written representations from certain reporting persons, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2025, all reports applicable to our executive officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners were filed in a timely manner in accordance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

We are not prohibited from paying any fees (including advisory fees), reimbursements or cash payments to our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination, including the following payments, all of which, if made prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination, will be paid from funds held outside the Trust Account:

● reimbursement for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to us by an affiliate of our Sponsor, in an amount equal to $10,000 per month;

● we have agreed to pay Mike Rollins, our Chief Financial Officer, a total of $2,500 per month for his services as our Chief Financial Officer; upon successful completion of an initial Business Combination, we will pay Mr. Rollins a $50,000 success fee; we will cease paying these monthly fees upon completion of our initial Business Combination or our liquidation;

● Payment of consulting, success or finder fees to our independent directors, advisors, or their respective affiliates in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination;

● We may engage our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as an advisor or otherwise in connection with our initial Business Combination and certain other transactions and pay such person or entity a salary or fee in an amount that constitutes a market standard for comparable transactions;

● Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial Business Combination; and

● Repayment of loans which may be made by our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into Private Placement Units of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

After the completion of our initial Business Combination, directors or members of our Management Team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed initial Business Combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of Management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed initial Business Combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation.

Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the Board of Directors for determination, either by a Compensation Committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our Board of Directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our Management Team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial Business Combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial Business Combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our Management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our Management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial Business Combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential Business Combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

43

Compensation Recovery and Clawback Policy

On May 21, 2025, our Board of Directors approved the adoption of the Clawback Policy in order to comply with the SEC Clawback Rule, and the Nasdaq Rules, as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5608. At no time during the fiscal year covered by this Report were we required to prepare an accounting restatement that required recovery of an erroneously awarded compensation pursuant to the Clawback Policy, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 97.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares as of March 9, 2026 based on information obtained from the persons named below, with respect to the beneficial ownership of Ordinary Shares, by:

● each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares;

● each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns our Ordinary Shares; and

● all our executive officers and directors as a group.

In the table below, percentage ownership is based on 33,914,250 Ordinary Shares, consisting of (i) 26,008,000 Class A Ordinary Shares and (ii) 7,906,250 Class B Ordinary Shares, issued and outstanding as of March 9, 2026. On all matters to be voted upon, except for (x) the appointment and removal of directors to the Board and (y) continuing our Company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by applicable law. Currently, all of the Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares on a one-for-one basis.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the Private Placement Rights as these Private Placement Rights are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Report.

	Class A Ordinary Shares					Class B Ordinary Shares					Approximate
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)	Number of Shares Beneficially Owned		Approximate Percentage of Class			Number of Shares Beneficially Owned(2)		Approximate Percentage of Class			Percentage of Total Outstanding Ordinary Shares
Oyster Enterprises II LLC(3)(5)		455,000		1.7	%		7,906,250		100	%		24.7	%
Oyster Management II LLC(3)(5)		455,000		1.7	%		7,906,250		100	%		24.7	%
Heath Freeman(3)		455,000		1.7	%		7,906,250		100	%		24.7	%
Mario Zarazua(3)		455,000		1.7	%		7,906,250		100	%		24.7	%
Randall Smith(3)		455,000		1.7	%		7,906,250		100	%		24.7	%
Mike Rollins		—		—			—		—			—
Divya K. Narendra(4)		—		—			—		—			—
Lief Haniford(4)		—		—			—		—			—
Jordan Fliegel(4)		—		—			—		—			—
All officers and directors as a group (7 persons)		455,000		1.7	%		7,906,250		100	%		24.7	%
Other 5% Shareholders
Meteora Funds(6)		1,342,276		5.2	%		—		—			4.0	%
Glazer Funds(7)		1,499,883		5.8	%		—		—			4.4	%
Barclays PLC(8)		1,483,841		5.7	%		—		—			4.4	%

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the principal business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp, 801 Brickell Avenue, 8^th Floor, Miami, Florida, 33131.

44

(2) Interests shown consist solely of Founder Shares, classified as Class B Ordinary Shares. Such Class B Ordinary Shares will automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.

(3) Oyster Enterprises II LLC, our Sponsor, is the record holder of 7,906,250 Founder Shares. Oyster Management II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole managing member of our Sponsor, and Heath Freeman, our Chairman of the Board, Mario Zarazua, our Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Randall Smith, our advisor, own 100% of the membership interests of Oyster Management II LLC and hold voting and investment discretion with respect to the securities held of record by the Sponsor through their membership interests in our Sponsor. As of the date hereof, other than Messrs. Freeman, Zarazua and Smith, no other person has a direct or indirect material interest in our Sponsor. Messrs. Freeman, Zarazua and Smith own 100% of the membership interests in the managing member of our Sponsor. Each such person disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by our Sponsor other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest each of them may have therein, directly or indirectly. All of our officers, directors and our advisor are members of our Sponsor. Our independent directors indirectly hold 135,000 Founder Shares in the aggregate through our Sponsor. Each such person disclaims any beneficial ownership of the reported shares other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest they may have therein, directly or indirectly.

(4) Does not include indirect interest as a member of the Sponsor, Oyster Enterprises II LLC. The managing member has allocated an aggregate of 135,000 Founder Shares to the independent directors upon completion of our initial Business Combination.

(5) Represents the 455,000 Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the 455,000 Private Placement Units Sponsor purchased in the Private Placement.

(6) According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on August 14, 2025 and November 14, 2025, respectively, by Meteora Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Meteora Capital”), with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares held by certain funds and managed accounts to which Meteora Capital serves as investment manager (collectively, the “Meteora Funds”). Vik Mittal serves as the Managing Member of Meteora Capital with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares held by the Meteora Funds. The principal business address of each of the Meteora Funds is 1200 N Federal Hwy, #200, Boca Raton FL 33432.

(7) According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on August 14, 2025 by Glazer Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Glazer Capital”), with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares held by certain funds and managed accounts to which Glazer Capital serves as investment manager (collectively, the “Glazer Funds”). Mr. Paul J. Glazer serves as the Managing Member of Glazer Capital with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares held by the Glazer Funds. The principal business address of each of the Glazer Funds is 250 West 55th Street, Suite 30A, New York, New York 10019.

(8) According to a Schedule 13G and 13G/A filed with the SEC on November 12, 2025 and February 11, 2026, respectively, by Barclays PLC, a United Kingdom company. Barclays Bank PLC is Barclays PLC’s subsidiary. The principal business address of each of the Glazer Funds is 1 Churchill Place, London - E14 5HP.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

Changes in Control

None.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

On October 16, 2024, the Sponsor made a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, through payments of offering costs and expenses on our behalf, for which we issued 7,187,500 Class B Ordinary Shares, known as Founder Shares, to the Sponsor.

45

On April 12, 2025, the Sponsor granted membership interests equivalent to an aggregate of 135,000 Founder Shares to our independent directors in exchange for their services through our initial Business Combination. The Founder Shares, represented by such membership interests, will remain with the Sponsor if the holders of such membership interests are no longer serving us prior to the initial Business Combination. The membership interest assignment of the Founder Shares to the holders of such interests are in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Share Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, share-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the assignment date. The total fair value of the 135,000 Founder Shares represented by such membership interests assigned to the holders of such interests on April 12, 2025 was $198,585 or $1.471 per share. The membership interests were assigned subject to a performance condition (i.e., providing services through a Business Combination). Share-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of membership interests that ultimately vest times the assignment date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified) less the amount initially received for the assignment of the membership interests. As of December 31, 2025, we determined that the initial Business Combination is not considered probable and therefore no compensation expense has been recognized.

On May 23, 2025, we consummated our upsized Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 Public Units, including 3,300,000 Option Units issued pursuant to the full exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. Each Public Unit consists of one Public Share and one Public Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of our initial Business Combination. The Public Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Public Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $253,000,000. On May 21, 2025, we issued additional 718,750 Founder Shares to the Sponsor in a share capitalization, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,906,250 Founder Shares.

Simultaneously with the closing of the upsized Initial Public Offering and pursuant to the Private Placement Units Purchase Agreements, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 708,000 Private Placement Units to our Sponsor and BTIG in the Private Placement at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds to our Company of $7,080,000. Of those 708,000 Private Placement Units, the Sponsor purchased 455,000 Private Placement Units and BTIG purchased 253,000 Private Placement Units. The Private Placement Units (and underlying securities) are identical to the Public Units (and underlying securities), except as otherwise disclosed in the IPO Registration Statements.

We have agreed to pay Mike Rollins, our Chief Financial Officer, a total of $2,500 per month for his services as our Chief Financial Officer; upon successful completion of an initial Business Combination, we will pay Mr. Rollins a $50,000 success fee; we will cease paying these monthly fees upon completion of our initial Business Combination or our liquidation.

Prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination, there may be payment by the company to our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor, or our or their affiliates, of a finder’s fee, advisory fee, consulting fee or success fee for any services they render in order to effectuate the completion of our initial business, which, if made prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination, will be paid from funds held outside the Trust Account.

We incur a fee payable to an affiliate of our Sponsor in an amount equal to $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to us. Upon completion of our initial Business Combination or our liquidation, we will cease incurring these monthly fees.

Prior to the closing of our Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor agreed to loan us an aggregate of up to $300,000 under the IPO Promissory Note to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering. Such loans and advances were non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2025 or the completion of our Initial Public Offering. The loan of $239,487.48 was fully repaid upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering on May 23, 2025. No additional borrowing is available under the IPO Promissory Note.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete an initial Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial Business Combination does not close, we may use amounts held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into Private Placement Units of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

46

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (as may be extended by shareholder approval to amend our Amended and Restated Articles to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial Business Combination) or until such earlier liquidation date as our Board of Directors may approve, to consummate our initial Business Combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial Business Combination within such 24-month period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our Amended and Restated Articles to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial Business Combination. There are no limitations on the number of times we may seek shareholder approval for an extension or the length of time of any such extension. However, if we seek shareholder approval for an extension, holders of Public Shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned thereon (less taxes, other than Excise Tax, if any), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, subject to applicable law.

Any of the foregoing payments to our Sponsor, repayments of loans from our Sponsor or repayments of Working Capital Loans prior to our initial Business Combination will be made using funds held outside the Trust Account.

After our initial Business Combination, members of our Management Team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a general meeting held to consider our initial Business Combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We have entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Founder Shares, the Private Placement Units, the Private Placement Shares, the Private Placement Rights and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Private Placement Rights.

Our Sponsor, directors and officers have entered into the Letter Agreement with us, pursuant to which, they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if they acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the Combination Period.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to Withum for services rendered.

Audit Fees

Audit fees consist of the aggregate fees for professional services rendered for the (audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Withum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees of Withum for professional services rendered for the (i) audit of our annual financial statements and (ii) review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods and other required filings with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024 totaled approximately $77,740 and 46,540, respectively. The above amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at Audit Committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees consist of the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. We did not pay Withum for any audit-related fees for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024. 

Tax Fees

Tax fees consist of the aggregate fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.  We did not pay Withum for tax services, planning or advice for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024.

All Other Fees

All other fees consist of the aggregate fees billed for all other services.  We did not pay Withum for any other services for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our Audit Committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the Audit Committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our Audit Committee were approved by our Board of Directors. Since the formation of our Audit Committee, and on a going-forward basis, the Audit Committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services performed and to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit).

47

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

(1) Financial Statements

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 100)	F-2
Financial Statements:
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024	F-3
Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2025 and for the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024	F-4
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2025 and for the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024	F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2025 and for the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024	F-6
Notes to Financial Statements	F-7 to F-18

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the amounts are immaterial and not required, or the required information is presented in the financial statements and notes thereto beginning on page F-1 of this Report.

(3) Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits that are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected on the SEC website at www.sec.gov. 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

Omitted at our Company’s option.

48

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 100)	F-2
Financial Statements:
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025, and 2024	F-3
Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2025 and for the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024	F-4
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2025 and for the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024	F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2025 and for the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024	F-6
Notes to Financial Statements	F-7 to F-18

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp.:

Opinion on the Financial Statement

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

/s/WithumSmith+Brown, PC

New York, New York

March 9, 2026

PCAOB Number 100

F-2

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP

BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31, 2025			December 31, 2024
Assets
Current assets
Cash	$	864,584		$	—
Prepaid expenses		135,654			—
Total Current Assets		1,000,238			—
Deferred offering costs		—			145,359
Long term prepaid insurance		43,229
Cash and securities held in Trust Account		259,241,061			—
Total Assets	$	260,284,528		$	145,359
Liabilities, Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption, and Shareholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities
Accrued offering costs	$	75,000		$	744
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		42,542			—
IPO Promissory Note – related party		—			167,059
Total current liabilities		117,542			167,803
Deferred underwriting fee		8,855,000			—
Total Liabilities		8,972,542			167,803
Commitments
Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption, 25,300,000 shares at redemption value of $10.25 per share		259,241,061			—
Shareholders’ Deficit
Preferred shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024		—			—
Class A Ordinary Shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 708,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 25,300,000 Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024		71			—
Class B Ordinary Shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 7,906,250 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (1)		791			791
Additional paid-in capital		—			24,209
Accumulated deficit		(7,929,937	)		(47,444	)
Total Shareholders’ Deficit		(7,929,075	)		(22,444	)
Total Liabilities, Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption, and Shareholders’ Deficit	$	260,284,528		$	145,359

⁽¹⁾ As of December 31, 2024, included up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares that were subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option was exercised (Note 5). On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units at $10.00 per unit, which included the full exercise of the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option, and the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	For the Year Ended December 31,			For the period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31,
	2025			2024
Formation, general and administrative costs	$	456,691		$	47,444
Loss from operations		(456,691	)		(47,444	)
Other income:
Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account		6,241,061			—
Net income (loss)	$	5,784,370		$	(47,444	)
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A Ordinary Shares		15,818,564			—
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A Ordinary Shares	$	0.24		$	—
Basic and diluted weighted average, Class B Ordinary Shares outstanding		7,906,250			6,250,000	(1)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class B Ordinary Shares	$	0.24		$	(0.01	)

⁽¹⁾ For the period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024 excluded up to 1,031,250 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 AND THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 9, 2024 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2024

	Class A Ordinary Shares				Class B Ordinary Shares(1)				Additional Paid-in			Accumulated			Total Shareholders’
	Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount		Capital			Deficit			Deficit
Balance — October 9, 2024 (Inception)		—	$	—		—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—
Class B ordinary shares issued to Sponsor(1)		—		—		7,906,250		791		24,209			—			(25,000	)
Net loss		—		—		—		—		—			(47,444	)		(47,444	)
Balance — December 31, 2024		—		—		7,906,250		791		24,209			(47,444	)		(22,444	)
Accretion of Class A Ordinary Shares to redemption amount		—		—		—		—		(10,617,003	)		(13,666,863	)		(24,283,866	)
Sale of 708,000 Private Placement Units		708,000		71		—		—		7,079,929			—			7,080,000
Fair value of rights included in Public Units		—		—		—		—		3,744,400			—			3,744,400
Allocated value of transaction costs to Class A shares		—		—		—		—		(231,535	)		—			(231,535	)
Net income		—		—		—		—		—			5,784,370			5,784,370
Balance — December 31, 2025		708,000	$	71		7,906,250	$	791	$	—		$	(7,929,937	)	$	(7,929,075	)

⁽¹⁾ As of December 31, 2024, included up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares that were subject to forfeiture. by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option was exercised (Note 5). On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units at $10.00 per unit, which included the full exercise of the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option, and the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025			For the period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2025
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)	$	5,784,370		$	(47,444	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account		(6,241,061	)		—
Formation costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares		—			8,624
Payment of operation costs through IPO Promissory Note		25,100			38,820
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses		(135,654	)		—
Long-term prepaid insurance		(43,229	)		—
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		42,542			—
Net cash used in operating activities		(567,932	)		—
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Investment of cash into Trust Account		(253,000,000	)		—
Net cash used in investing activities		(253,000,000	)		—
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid		247,940,000			—
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Units		7,080,000			—
Repayment of IPO Promissory Note - related party		(239,487	)		—
Payment of offering costs		(347,997	)		—
Net cash provided by financing activities		254,432,516			—
Net change in cash		864,584			—
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period		—			—
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period	$	864,584		$	—
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Deferred offering costs paid through promissory note – related party	$	47,328		$	128,239
Offering costs included in accrued offering costs	$	75,000		$	744
Prepaid services contributed by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares	$	—		$	25,000
Deferred underwriting fee payable	$	8,855,000		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp (the “Company”) is a special purpose acquisition company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on October 9, 2024. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2025 relates to the Company’s formation, the Initial Public Offering as defined below and subsequent to the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income on investments from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The IPO Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC on May 21, 2025. The MEF Registration Statement was declared effective on May 21, 2025, when filed. On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their Over-Allotment Option in the amount of 3,300,000 Option Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $253,000,000. Each Unit consists of one Public Share and one right (“Public Right”) to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 708,000 units (the “Private Placement Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, in a Private Placement to the Company’s sponsor, Oyster Enterprises II LLC (the “Sponsor”), and BTIG, LLC (“BTIG”, the representative of the underwriters), generating gross proceeds of $7,080,000. Each Private Placement Unit consists of one Private Placement Share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination (“Private Placement Right”). Of those 708,000 Private Placement Units, the Sponsor purchased 455,000 Private Placement Units and BTIG purchased 253,000 Private Placement Units.

Transaction costs amounted to $14,529,940, consisting of $5,060,000 of cash underwriting fee, $8,855,000 of deferred underwriting fee, and $614,940 of other offering costs.

The Company’s Management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination.

The Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net balance in the Trust Account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held and income taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the signing an agreement to enter into a Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

F-7

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, on May 23, 2025, an amount of $253,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units and the Private Placement Units was placed in the trust account (the “Trust Account”), with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Continental”) acting as trustee. The funds may only be invested in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating an intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that the Company might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that the Company holds investments in the Trust Account, the Company may, at any time (based on Management Team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to the potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the Trust Account and instead to hold the funds in the Trust Account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to the Company to pay its taxes, if any, the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Units will not be released from the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, (ii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares if the Company is unable to complete the initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or by such earlier liquidation date as the Board of Directors may approve (the “Completion Window”), subject to applicable law, or (iii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles to (A) modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public shareholders.

The Company will provide the Company’s Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of the initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the initial Business Combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a proposed initial Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less income taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, subject to the limitations. The amount in the Trust Account was initially $10.00 per public share.

The Ordinary Shares subject to redemption will be recorded at redemption value and classified as temporary equity subsequent to the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination.

The Company will have only the duration of the Completion Window to complete the initial Business Combination. However, if the Company is unable to complete its initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the Company will as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less income taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will constitute full and complete payment for the Public Shares and completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation or other distributions, if any), subject to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and subject to the other requirements of applicable law.

The Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a Letter Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and public shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination or an earlier redemption in connection with the commencement of the procedures to consummate the initial Business Combination if the Company determines it is desirable to facilitate the completion of the initial Business Combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account; and (iv) vote any Founder Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of the initial Business Combination.

F-8

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or Business Combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less income taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, the Company has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor has the Company independently verified whether the Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and the Company believes that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company. Therefore, the Company cannot assure that the Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s liquidity needs up to December 31, 2025 have been satisfied through the loan under an unsecured IPO Promissory Note from the Sponsor of up to $300,000 (see Note 5) and funds available for operating expenses from the proceeds of the IPO. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had cash of $864,584 and working capital of $882,696.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay such loaned amounts at that time. Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be converted into units of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. As of December 31, 2025 the Company had no borrowings under such Working Capital Loans.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-40, “Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern” the Company does not believe it will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating its business within one year from the date of issuance of the financial statements. However, if the estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, the Company may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to the initial Business Combination. Management has determined that after the Initial Public Offering closing on May 23, 2025, the Company has sufficient funds to finance the working capital needs of the Company within one year from the date of issuance of the financial statements.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

F-9

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements.

Making estimates requires Management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which Management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $864,584 and $0 in cash, respectively, and no cash equivalents.

Investments Held in Trust Account

As of December 31, 2025, the assets held in the Trust Account, amounting to $259,241,061, were held in U.S. Treasury Bills. The Company accounts for its investments held in the Trust Account at fair value in the accompanying balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of investments held in the Trust Account are included in interest earned on investments held in the Trust Account in the Company’s statements of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. Any loss incurred or a lack of access to such funds could have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A, “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees that are related to the Initial Public Offering. FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options,” addresses the allocation of proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt into its equity and debt components. The Company applies this guidance to allocate Initial Public Offering proceeds from the Units between Class A Ordinary Shares and rights, using the residual method by allocating Initial Public Offering proceeds first to the assigned value of the rights and then to the Class A Ordinary Shares. Offering costs allocated to the Public Shares are charged to temporary equity, and offering costs allocated to the Public Rights and Private Placement Units are charged to shareholders’ deficit based on the equity classification of the underlying financial instruments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet, primarily due to its short-term nature.

F-10

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s Management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the periods presented.

Rights

The Company accounted for the Public and Private Placement Rights (as defined below) issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Accordingly, the Company evaluated and classified the rights under equity treatment at their assigned values.

On July 8, 2025, the Company announced that, commencing on July 11, 2025, the holders of the Units issued in its initial public offering, may elect to separately trade the Shares and Rights included in the Units. Any Units not separated will continue to trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “OYSEU.” The Shares and the Rights are listed and trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbols “OYSE” and “OYSER,” respectively.

Net Income (loss) per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. The calculation of diluted income (loss) per ordinary share does not consider the effect of the rights issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering and (ii) exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

The Company’s statements of operations include a presentation of income (loss) per share for Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income (loss) per Ordinary Share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares outstanding since original issuance. Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted, for Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing net income (loss), adjusted for income (loss) attributable to Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares, by the weighted average number of Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares include the Founder Shares, as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

F-11

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income per Ordinary Share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025				For the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024
	Class A		Class B		Class A		Class B
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of net income (loss)	$	3,856,739	$	1,927,631	$	—	$	(47,444	)
Denominator:
Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding		15,818,564		7,906,250		—		6,250,000
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share	$	0.24	$	0.24	$	—	$	(0.01	)

Class A Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Public Shares contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such Public Shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, or if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination. In accordance with ASC 480-10-S99, the Company classifies Public Shares subject to redemption outside of permanent equity as the redemption provisions are not solely within the control of the Company. The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of redeemable shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the accretion from initial book value to redemption value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable shares will result in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2025, Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet. As of December 31, 2025, the Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption reflected in the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds	$	253,000,000
Less:
Proceeds allocated to Public Rights		(3,744,400	)
Public Shares issuance costs		(14,298,405	)
Plus:
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value		24,283,866
Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2025	$	259,241,061

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures”. The amendments in this ASU require disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), as well as the aggregate amount of other segment items included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The ASU requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. Public entities will be required to provide all annual disclosures currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods, and entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in this ASU and existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on December 31, 2024.

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

F-12

NOTE 3. PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering on May 23, 2025, the Company sold 25,300,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their Over-Allotment Option in the amount of 3,300,000 Option Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit that the Company sold had a price of $10.00 and consisted of one Class A ordinary share and one right (“Public Right”) to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination.

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor and BTIG purchased an aggregate of 708,000 Private Placement Units at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, or $7,080,000 in the aggregate, in a Private Placement. Each Unit consisted of one Public Share and one Public Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination (known as the “Private Placement Rights”). If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the net proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Units held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law).

The Private Placement Rights contained in the Private Placement Units are identical to the rights sold in the Initial Public Offering except that the Private Placement Rights (i) may not (including the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of these rights), subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination and (ii) are entitled to registration rights.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have entered into a Letter Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination or an earlier redemption in connection with the commencement of the procedures to consummate the initial Business Combination if the Company determines it is desirable to facilitate the completion of the initial Business Combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles (A) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account; and (iv) vote any Founder Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of the initial Business Combination.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On October 16, 2024, the Sponsor made a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, through payments of offering costs and expenses on the Company’s behalf, for which the Company issued 7,187,500 Class B Ordinary Shares, known as Founder Shares, to the Sponsor. On May 21, 2025, the Company issued additional 718,750 Founder Shares to the Sponsor in a share capitalization, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,906,250 Founder Shares. Up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares were subject to surrender by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option was exercised. On May 23, 2025, the underwriters exercised their Over-Allotment Option in full as part of the closing of the Initial Public Offering. As such, the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

F-13

On April 12, 2025, the Sponsor granted membership interests equivalent to an aggregate of 135,000 Founder Shares to independent directors of the Company in exchange for their services through the Company’s initial Business Combination. The Founder Shares, represented by such membership interests, will remain with the Sponsor if the holders of such membership interests are no longer serving the Company prior to the initial Business Combination. The membership interest assignment of the Founder Shares to the holders of such interests are in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Share Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, share-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the assignment date. The total fair value of the 135,000 Founder Shares represented by such membership interests assigned to the holders of such interests on April 12, 2025 was $198,585 or $1.471 per share. The membership interests were assigned subject to a performance condition (i.e., providing services through a Business Combination). Share-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of membership interests that ultimately vest times the assignment date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified) less the amount initially received for the assignment of the membership interests. As of December 31, 2025, the Company determined that the initial Business Combination is not considered probable and therefore no compensation expense has been recognized.

The Founder Shares are designated as Class B Ordinary Shares and, except as described below, are identical to the Class A Ordinary Shares included in the units being sold in this offering, and holders of Founder Shares have the same shareholder rights as Public Shareholders, except that (i) the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below, (ii) the Founder Shares are entitled to registration rights; (iii) the Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have entered into a Letter Agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (A) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination, (B) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles (A) to modify the substance or timing of the obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, (C) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares or Private Placement Shares if we fail to complete the initial Business Combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within such time period and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account and (D) vote any Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the Business Combination transaction) in favor of the initial Business Combination, (iv) the Founder Shares are automatically convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the consummation of the initial Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described herein and in the Company Amended and Restated Articles, and (v) prior to the closing of the initial Business Combination, only holders of the Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment and removal of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any Special Resolution required to amend the constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands).

IPO Promissory Note — Related Party

The Sponsor had agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of the Initial Public Offering. The loan was non-interest bearing, unsecured and due at the earlier of December 31, 2025 or the closing of the Initial Public Offering. As of May 23, 2025, the Company had borrowed $239,487 under the IPO Promissory Note which was paid in full by the Company at the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the borrowings under the Note were no longer available.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with the Sponsor’s affiliate, commencing on May 21, 2025, to pay an aggregate of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities, and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred $80,000 in fees for these services.

The Company has agreed to pay the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) a total of $2,500 per month for his services. Upon successful completion of the initial Business Combination, the Company will pay the CFO a $50,000 success fee. These monthly fees will cease upon the completion of the initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company incurred and paid $20,000 and $0, respectively, in fees for these services.

F-14

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required. If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into Private Placement Units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. As of December 31, 2025, no such Working Capital Loans were outstanding.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS 

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s ability to complete an initial Business Combination may be adversely affected by various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. The Company’s ability to consummate an initial Business Combination could be impacted by, among other things, changes in laws or regulations, downturns in the financial markets or in economic conditions, inflation, fluctuations in interest rates, increases in tariffs, supply chain disruptions, declines in consumer confidence and spending, public health considerations, and geopolitical instability, such as the military conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. The Company cannot at this time predict the likelihood of one or more of the above events, their duration or magnitude or the extent to which they may negatively impact the Company’s ability to complete an initial Business Combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Units (and their underlying securities) and Units that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and their underlying securities), if any, and any Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Founder Shares and any Class A Ordinary Shares held by the Initial Shareholders at the completion of the Initial Public Offering or acquired prior to or in connection with the initial Business Combination, are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement signed on the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement and the MEF Registration Statement. These holders are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, and have piggyback registration rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, BTIG may only make a demand on one occasion and only during the five-year period beginning on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering. In addition, BTIG may participate in a piggyback registration only during the seven-year period beginning on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters had a 45-day option from the date of the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to an additional 3,300,000 Option Units to cover the over-allotments. On May 23, 2025, the underwriters elected to fully exercise their Over-Allotment Option to purchase an additional 3,300,000 Option Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit.

The underwriters were entitled to a cash underwriting discount of $5,060,000 in the aggregate, or 2.0% of the gross proceeds of the units offered in the Initial Public Offering, which was paid at the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Additionally, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred underwriting discount of 3.5% of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, or $8,855,000 in the aggregate, payable upon the completion of an initial Business Combination subject to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

NOTE 7. SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preferred Shares —  The Company is authorized to issue a total of 5,000,000 preferred shares at par value of $0.0001 each. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares —  The Company is authorized to issue a total of 500,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares at par value of $0.0001 each. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were 708,000 and 0 Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, respectively, excluding 25,300,000 shares subject to possible redemption.

F-15

Class B Ordinary Shares —  The Company is authorized to issue a total of 50,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares at par value of $0.0001 each. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were 7,906,250 Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding.

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the consummation of the initial Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like. In the case that additional Class A Ordinary Shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination, the ratio at which Class B Ordinary Shares convert into Class A Ordinary Shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B Ordinary Shares will equal, in the aggregate, 23.81% of the sum of (i) the total number of all Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering (including any Class A Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option and excluding the Class A Ordinary Shares comprising part of the Private Placement Units and the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Private Placement Rights issued to the Sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A Ordinary Shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Units issued to the Sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans) minus (iii) any redemptions of Class A Ordinary Shares by Public Shareholders in connection with an initial Business Combination; provided that such conversion of Founder Shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

Holders of record of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Unless specified in the Amended and Restated Articles or as required by the Companies Act or stock exchange rules, an Ordinary Resolution under Cayman Islands law and the Amended and Restated Articles, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the Company is generally required to approve any matter voted on by shareholders. Approval of certain actions requires a Special Resolution under Cayman Islands law, which (except as specified below) requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting, and pursuant to the Amended and Restated Articles, such actions include amending the Amended and Restated Articles and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, meaning, following the initial Business Combination, the holders of more than 50% of the Ordinary Shares voted for the appointment of directors can elect all of the directors. Prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, only holders of the Class B Ordinary Shares will (i) have the right to vote on the appointment and removal of directors and (ii) be entitled to vote on continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any Special Resolution required to amend the constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares will not be entitled to vote on these matters during such time.

Rights — Except in cases where the Company is not the surviving company in a Business Combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination. The Company will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman law. In the event the Company is not the surviving company upon completion of the initial Business Combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-tenth (1/10) of one class A Ordinary Share underlying each right upon consummation of the Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete the initial Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company will redeem the Public Shares for the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless.

F-16

NOTE 8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects Management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:	Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:	Unobservable inputs based on assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that were measured at fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

			December 31,		December 31,
	Level		2025		2024
Assets:
Investments held in Trust Account		1	$	259,241,061	$	—

The fair value of the Public Rights issued in the Initial Public Offering is $3,744,400, or $0.148 per Public Right. The Public Rights issued in the Initial Public Offering have been classified within shareholders’ deficit and will not require remeasurement after issuance. The following table presents the quantitative information regarding market assumptions used in the level 3 valuation of the Public Rights issued in the Initial Public Offering:

(1) Market adjustment reflects additional factors not fully captured by low volatility selection, which may include the likelihood of the consummation of a Business Combination, market perception of lack of available or suitable targets, or possible post-acquisition decline of stock price prior to beginning of the exercise period. The adjustment is determined by comparing traded warrant prices to simulated model outputs.

Public Rights are not remeasured subsequent to the date of the initial recognition.

F-17

NOTE 9. SEGMENT INFORMATION

ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statements information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

The Company’s CODM has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the assets, operating results, and financial metrics for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, Management has determined that there is only one reportable segment.

The CODM assesses performance for the single segment and decides how to allocate resources. The measure of segment profit or loss is disclosed in the statements of operations as net income or loss. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheets as total assets. When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics which include the following:

	December 31,		December 31,
	2025		2024
Trust Account	$	259,241,061	$	—
Cash and cash equivalents	$	864,584	$	—

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025		For the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024
Formation, general and administrative costs	$	456,691	$	47,444
Interest earned on cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account	$	6,241,061	$	—

The CODM reviews interest earned on the Trust Account to measure and monitor shareholder value and determine the most effective investment strategy for the Trust Account funds while maintaining compliance with the provisions of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between the Company and Continental. General and administrative expenses are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure sufficient capital is available to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. General and administrative costs, as reported on the statements of operations, are the significant segment expenses provided to the CODM on a regular basis. All other segment items included in net income or loss are reported on the statements of operations and described within their respective disclosures.

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-18

EXHIBIT INDEX

No.	Description of Exhibit
1.1	Underwriting Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, by and between the Company and BTIG, as representative of the underwriters. (2)
3.1	Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company. (2)
4.1	Specimen Unit Certificate. (1)
4.2	Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate. (1)
4.3	Specimen Public Rights Certificate (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.4). (1)
4.4	Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. (2)
4.5	Description of Registered Securities.*
10.1	Promissory Note, dated October 16, 2024, issued to Oyster Enterprises II LLC. (1)
10.2	Securities Subscription Agreement, dated October 16, 2024, between Oyster Enterprises II LLC and the Registrant. (1)
10.3	Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. (2)
10.4	Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, by and among the Company, the Sponsor, and BTIG, as representative of the underwriters. (2)
10.5	Private Placement Units Purchase Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, between the Company and the Sponsor. (2)
10.6	Private Placement Units Purchase Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, between the Company and BTIG. (2)
10.7	Letter Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, by and among the Company, Sponsor and each of the officers, directors and advisor of the Company. (2)
10.8	Administrative Services Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, between the Company and Oyster Management II LLC. (2)
10.9	Form of Indemnity Agreement. (2)
14	Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, adopted May 21, 2025 *
19	Insider Trading Policies and Procedures, adopted May 21, 2025 *
31.1	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2	Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.1	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
32.2	Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
97.1	Executive Compensation Clawback Policy, adopted May 21, 2025.*
99.1	Audit Committee Charter.(1)
99.2	Compensation Committee Charter.(1)
101.INS	Inline XBRL Instance Document.*
101.SCH	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.*
101.CAL	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.*
101.DEF	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.*
101.LAB	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.*
101.PRE	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.*
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (Embedded as Inline XBRL document and contained in Exhibit 101).*

*	Filed herewith.
**	Furnished herewith.

(1)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s IPO Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-286984), filed with the SEC on May 19, 2025.
(2)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 27, 2025.

49

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 9, 2026	Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp
	By:	/s/ Mario Zarazua
	Name:	Mario Zarazu
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name	Position	Date
/s/ Heath Freeman	Chairman of the Board of Directors	March 9, 2026
Heath Freeman
/s/ Mario Zarazua	Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer	March 9, 2026
Mario Zarazua	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Mike Rollins	Chief Financial Officer	March 9, 2026
Mike Rollins	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Divya K. Narendra	Director	March 9, 2026
Divya K. Narendra
/s/ Lief Haniford	Director	March 9, 2026
Lief Haniford
/s/ Jordan Fliegel	Director	March 9, 2026
Jordan Fliegel

50

EX-4.5

Exhibit 4.5

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

As of December 31, 2025, Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“we,” “our,” “us” or “Company”), had the following three classes of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): our (i) units sold in the initial public offering we consummated on May 23, 2025 (collectively, the “Units”), (ii) Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share (collectively, the “Class A Ordinary Shares”), which underlie the Units, and (iii) rights (individually, the “Right,” and collectively, the “Rights”), with one right granting its holder the right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), which underlie the Units.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as currently in effect (the “Amended and Restated Articles”), we are authorized to issue (i) 550,000,000 ordinary shares, including 500,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Class B Ordinary Shares,” and together with the Class A Ordinary Shares, the “Ordinary Shares”), and (ii) 5,000,000 preferred shares, $0.0001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the material terms of our securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the (x) Amended and Restated Articles and (y) Share Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2025, we entered into with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent (the “Rights Agreement”), each of which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 (the “Report”) of which this Exhibit 4.5 is a part.

Defined terms used herein, but not otherwise defined, shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Report.

Units

Each Unit consists of one Class A Ordinary Share and one Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination. We will not issue fractional Class A Ordinary Shares. Pursuant to the Rights Agreement, fractional Class A Ordinary Shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands law and our Amended and Restated Articles. As a result, a Rights holder must have ten (10) Rights to receive one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination.

Class A Ordinary Shares

Holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote for each Ordinary Share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. However, only holders of Class B Ordinary Shares have the right to (i) appoint or remove directors in any election held prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination, meaning that holders of Class A Ordinary Shares do no have the right to appoint any directors until after the completion of our initial Business Combination and (ii) continue our Company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). The provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles governing these matters prior to our initial Business Combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial Business Combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of our shareholders. On any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination, holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and holders of Class B Ordinary Shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders except as required by law. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which (except as outlined above) requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the shareholders who, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of our shareholders, and pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles; such actions include amending our Amended and Restated Articles (other than the provisions referred to above) and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares entitled to vote and voted for the appointment of directors can appoint all of the directors. Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.

We will provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Ordinary Shares, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial Business Combination, upon the completion of our initial Business Combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less income taxes, if any), divided by the number of then outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and advisor have entered into the Letter Agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Amended and Restated Articles provide that a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its Class A Ordinary Shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the Initial Public Offering (the “Excess Shares”) without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their Class A Ordinary Shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial Business Combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial Business Combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial Business Combination. And, as a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of Class A Ordinary Shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their Class A Ordinary Shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our Company after a Business Combination, our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the Ordinary Shares. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the Ordinary Shares, except that we will provide our Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A Ordinary Shares for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less income taxes, if any, payable and up to $100,000 of liquidation expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, upon the completion of our initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described in the Report.

2

Rights

Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a Business Combination, each holder of a Right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of our initial Business Combination, even if the holder of a Right redeemed all Class A Ordinary Shares held by it in connection with the initial Business Combination or an amendment to our Amended and Restated Articles with respect to our pre-Business Combination activities. In the event we are not the surviving company upon completion of our initial Business Combination, each holder of a Right will be required to affirmatively convert its Rights in order to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share underlying each Right upon consummation of the Business Combination. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of Rights in order to receive its additional Class A Ordinary Shares upon consummation of an initial Business Combination. The Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exchange of the Rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours). If we enter into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of Rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted-into Ordinary Shares basis.

We will not issue fractional Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with an exchange of Rights. Fractional Class A Ordinary Shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands law and our Amended and Restated Articles. As a result, a Rights holder must hold Rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive Class A Ordinary Shares for all Rights held upon closing of a Business Combination. If we are unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required Combination Period and we liquidate the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Rights, nor will they receive any distribution from our assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Rights, and the Rights will expire worthless. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the Rights upon consummation of an initial Business Combination. Additionally, in no event will we be required to net cash settle the Rights. Accordingly, the Rights may expire worthless.

The Rights Agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the Rights Agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. With respect to any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, we note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the Rights Agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our Rights shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our Rights Agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the Rights Agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any holder of our Rights, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “Enforcement Action”); and (y) having service of process made upon such Rights holder in any such Enforcement Action by service upon such Rights holder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such Rights holder. This choice-of-forum provision may limit a Rights holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our Company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our Rights Agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our Management and Board of Directors. 

3

EX-14.1

Exhibit 14

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
OF
Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp

1. Introduction

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), has adopted this code of business conduct and ethics (this “Code”), as may be amended from time to time by the Board and which is applicable to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees (to the extent that employees are hired in the future) to:

● promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

● promote the full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as well as in other public communications made by or on behalf of the Company;

● promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

● deter wrongdoing; and

● require prompt internal reporting of breaches of, and accountability for adherence to, this Code.

This Code may be amended and modified by the Board. In this Code, references to the “Company” mean Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp and, in appropriate context, the Company’s subsidiaries, if any.

2. Honest, Ethical and Fair Conduct

Each person owes a duty to the Company to act with integrity. Integrity requires, among other things, being honest, fair and candid. Deceit, dishonesty and subordination of principle are inconsistent with integrity. Service to the Company should never be subordinated to personal gain and advantage.

Each person must:

● act with integrity, including being honest and candid while still maintaining the confidentiality of the Company’s information where required or when in the Company’s interests;

● observe all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

● comply with the requirements of applicable accounting and auditing standards, as well as Company policies, in order to maintain a high standard of accuracy and completeness in the Company’s financial records and other business-related information and data;

● adhere to a high standard of business ethics and not seek competitive advantage through unlawful or unethical business practices;

● deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees;

● refrain from taking advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice;

● protect the assets of the Company and ensure their proper use;

● Subject to, and except as permitted by, the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as it may be amended from time to time, not (i) take for themselves corporate or business opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position, (ii) use corporate property, information or position for personal gain and (iii) compete with the Company; and

● Avoid conflicts of interest, wherever possible, except as may be allowed under guidelines or resolutions approved by the Board (or the appropriate committee of the Board) or as disclosed in the Company’s public filings with the SEC. Anything that would be a conflict for a person subject to this Code also will be a conflict for a member of his or her immediate family or any other close relative. Examples of conflict of interest situations include, but are not limited to, the following:

● any significant ownership interest in any supplier or customer;

● any consulting or employment relationship with any supplier or customer;

● the receipt of any money, non-nominal gifts or excessive entertainment from any entity with which the Company has current or prospective business dealings;

● selling anything to the Company or buying anything from the Company, except on the same terms and conditions as comparable officers or directors are permitted to so purchase or sell;

● any other financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the Company; and

● any other circumstance, event, relationship or situation in which the personal interest of a person subject to this Code interferes - or even appears to interfere - with the interests of the Company as a whole.

3. Disclosure

The Company strives to ensure that the contents of and the disclosures in the reports and documents that the Company files with the SEC and other public communications shall be full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable in accordance with applicable disclosure standards, including standards of materiality, where appropriate. Each person must:

● not knowingly misrepresent, or cause others to misrepresent, facts about the Company to others, whether within or outside the Company, including to the Company’s independent registered public accountants, governmental regulators, self-regulating organizations and other governmental officials, as appropriate; and

● in relation to his or her area of responsibility, properly review and critically analyze proposed disclosure for accuracy and completeness.

In addition to the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (or persons performing similar functions), and each other person that typically is involved in the financial reporting of the Company must familiarize himself or herself with the disclosure requirements applicable to the Company as well as the business and financial operations of the Company.

Each person must promptly bring to the attention of the Chairman of the Board any information he or she may have concerning (a) significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal and/or disclosure controls that could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or (b) any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s financial reporting, disclosures or internal controls.

2

4. Compliance

It is the Company’s obligation and policy to comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. All directors, officers and employees of the Company are expected to understand, respect and comply with all of the laws, regulations, policies and procedures that apply to them in their positions with the Company. Employees are responsible for talking to their supervisors to determine which laws, regulations and Company policies apply to their position and what training is necessary to understand and comply with them.

Directors, officers and employees are directed to specific policies and procedures available to persons they supervise.

5. Reporting and Accountability

The Board is responsible for applying this Code to specific situations in which questions are presented to it and has the authority to interpret this Code in any particular situation. Any person who becomes aware of any existing or potential breach of this Code is required to notify the Chairman of the Board promptly. Failure to do so is, in and of itself, a breach of this Code.

Specifically, each person must:

● Notify the Chairman of the Board promptly of any existing or potential violation of this Code.

● Not retaliate against any other person for reports of potential violations that are made in good faith.

The Company will follow the following procedures in investigating and enforcing this Code and in reporting on the Code:

● The Board will take all appropriate action to investigate any breaches reported to it.

● Upon determination by the Board that a breach has occurred, the Board (by majority decision) will take or authorize such disciplinary or preventive action as it deems appropriate, after consultation with the Company’s internal or external legal counsel, up to and including dismissal or, in the event of criminal or other serious violations of law, notification of the SEC or other appropriate law enforcement authorities.

No person following the above procedure shall, as a result of following such procedure, be subject by the Company or any officer or employee thereof to discharge, demotion suspension, threat, harassment or in any manner, discrimination against such person in terms and conditions of employment.

6. Waivers and Amendments

Any waiver (defined below) or an implicit waiver (defined below) from a provision of this Code for the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions or any amendment (as defined below) to this Code is required to be disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8- K filed with the SEC. In lieu of filing a Current Report on Form 8-K to report any such waivers or amendments, the Company may provide such information on a website, in the event that it establishes one in the future, and if it keeps such information on the website for at least 12 months and discloses the website address as well as any intention to provide such disclosures in this manner in its most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K.

A “waiver” means the approval by the Board of a material departure from a provision of the Code. An “implicit waiver” means the Company’s failure to take action within a reasonable period of time regarding a material departure from a provision of the Code that has been made known to an executive officer of the Company. An “amendment” means any amendment to this Code other than minor technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments hereto.

3

All persons should note that it is not the Company’s intention to grant or to permit waivers from the requirements of this Code. The Company expects full compliance with this Code.

7. Insider Information and Securities Trading

The Company’s directors, officers or employees who have access to material, non-public information are not permitted to use that information for securities trading purposes or for any purpose unrelated to the Company’s business. It is also against the law to trade or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision based on inside company information. For example, using non-public information to buy or sell the Company securities, options in the Company shares or the shares of any Company supplier, customer or competitor is prohibited. The consequences of insider trading violations can be severe. These rules also apply to the use of material, nonpublic information about other companies (including, for example, the Company’s customers, competitors and potential business partners). In addition to directors, officers or employees, these rules apply to such person’s spouse, children, parents and siblings, as well as any other family members living in such person’s home.

8. Financial Statements and Other Records

All of the Company’s books, records, accounts and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect the Company’s transactions and must both conform to applicable legal requirements and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Unrecorded or “off the books” funds or assets should not be maintained unless permitted by applicable law or regulation.

Records should always be retained or destroyed according to the Company’s record retention policies. In accordance with those policies, in the event of litigation or governmental investigation, please consult the Board or the Company’s internal or external legal counsel.

9. Improper Influence on Conduct of Audits

No director or officer, or any other person acting under the direction thereof, shall directly or indirectly take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence any public or certified public accountant engaged in the performance of an audit or review of the financial statements of the Company or take any action that such person knows or should know that if successful could result in rendering the Company’s financial statements materially misleading. Any person who believes such improper influence is being exerted should report such action to such person’s supervisor, or if that is impractical under the circumstances, to any of the Company’s directors.

Types of conduct that could constitute improper influence include, but are not limited to, directly or indirectly:

● Offering or paying bribes or other financial incentives, including future employment or contracts for non-audit services;

● Providing an auditor with an inaccurate or misleading legal analysis;

● Threatening to cancel or canceling existing non-audit or audit engagements if the auditor objects to the Company’s accounting;

● Seeking to have a partner removed from the audit engagement because the partner objects to the Company’s accounting;

● Blackmailing; and

● Making physical threats.

4

10. Anti-Corruption Laws

The Company complies with the anti-corruption laws of the countries in which it does business, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). Directors, officers and employees will not directly or indirectly give anything of value to government officials, including employees of state-owned enterprises or foreign political candidates. These requirements apply both to Company employees and agents, such as third party sales representatives, no matter where they are doing business. If you are authorized to engage agents, you are responsible for ensuring they are reputable and for obtaining a written agreement to uphold the Company’s standards in this area.

11. Violations

Violation of this Code is grounds for disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Such action is in addition to any civil or criminal liability which might be imposed by any court or regulatory agency.

12. Other Policies and Procedures

Any other policy or procedure set out by the Company in writing or made generally known to employees, officers or directors of the Company prior to the date hereof or hereafter are separate requirements and remain in full force and effect.

13. Inquiries

All inquiries and questions in relation to this Code or its applicability to particular people or situations should be addressed to the Company’s Secretary, or such other compliance officer as shall be designated from time to time by the Company.

PROVISIONS FOR
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS

The CEO and all senior financial officers, including the CFO and principal accounting officer, are bound by the provisions set forth therein relating to ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, and compliance with law. In addition to the Code, the CEO and senior financial officers are subject to the following additional specific policies:

1. Act with honesty and integrity, avoiding actual or apparent conflicts between personal, private interests and the interests of the Company, including receiving improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.

2. Disclose to the CEO and the Board any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

3. Perform responsibilities with a view to causing periodic reports and documents filed with or submitted to the SEC and all other public communications made by the Company to contain information that is accurate, complete, fair, objective, relevant, timely and understandable, including full review of all annual and quarterly reports.

4. Comply with laws applicable to the Company, including but not limited to rules and regulations of U.S. federal, state and other local governments and with the rules and regulations of private and public regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Company.

5. Act in good faith, responsibly, with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting or omitting material facts or allowing independent judgment to be compromised or subordinated.

6. Respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of performance of his or her responsibilities except when authorized or otherwise legally obligated to disclose any such information; not use confidential information acquired in the course of performing his or her responsibilities for personal advantage.

5

7. Share knowledge and maintain skills important and relevant to the needs of the Company, its shareholders and other constituencies and the general public.

8. Proactively promote ethical behavior among subordinates and peers in his or her work environment and community.

9. Use and control all corporate assets and resources employed by or entrusted to him or her in a responsible manner.

10. Not use corporate information, corporate assets, corporate opportunities or his or her position with the Company for personal gain; not compete directly or indirectly with the Company.

11. Comply in all respects with this Code.

12. Advance the Company’s legitimate interests when the opportunity arises.

The Board will investigate any reported violations and will oversee an appropriate response, including corrective action and preventative measures. Any officer who violates this Code will face appropriate, case specific disciplinary action, which may include demotion or discharge.

Any request for a waiver of any provision of this Code must be in writing and addressed to the Chairman of the Board. Any waiver of this Code will be disclosed as provided in Section 6 of this Code.

It is the policy of the Company that each officer covered by this Code shall acknowledge and certify to the foregoing annually and file a copy of such certification with the Chairman of the Board.

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION

I have read and understand the foregoing Code. I hereby certify that I am in compliance with the foregoing Code and I will comply with the Code in the future. I understand that any violation of the Code will subject me to appropriate disciplinary action, which may include demotion or discharge.

Dated: 

Name:

Title:

6

EX-19

Exhibit 19

Insider Trading Compliance Manual
Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp

Adopted: May 21, 2025

In order to take an active role in the prevention of insider trading violations by its officers, directors, employees, consultants, attorneys, advisors and other related individuals, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), has adopted the policies and procedures described in this Insider Trading Compliance Manual.

I.       Adoption of Insider Trading Policy.

Effective as of the date first written above, the Board has adopted the Insider Trading Policy attached hereto as Exhibit A (as the same may be amended from time to time by the Board, the “Policy”), which prohibits trading based on “material, nonpublic information” regarding the Company or any company whose securities are listed for trading or quotation in the United States (“Material Non-Public Information”).

This Policy covers all officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, all other employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, and consultants or contractors to the Company or its subsidiaries who have or may have access to Material Non-Public Information and members of the immediate family or household of any such person. This Policy (and/or a summary thereof) is to be delivered to all employees, consultants and related individuals who are within the categories of covered persons upon the commencement of their relationships with the Company.

II.       Designation of Certain Persons.

A.       Section 16 Individuals. All directors and executive officers of the Company will be subject to the reporting and liability provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (“Section 16 Individuals”).

B.       Other Persons Subject to Policy. In addition, certain employees, consultants, and advisors of the Company as described in Section I above have, or are likely to have, from time to time access to Material Non-Public Information and together with the Section 16 Individuals, are subject to the Policy, including the pre-clearance requirement described in Section IV. A. below.

C.       Post-Termination Transactions. This Policy continues to apply to transactions in Company securities even after an employee, officer or director has resigned or terminated employment. If the person who resigns or separates from the Company is in possession of Material Non-Public Information at that time, he or she may not trade in Company securities until that information has become public or is no longer material.

1

III.       Appointment of Insider Trading Compliance Officer.

By the adoption of this Policy, the Board has appointed the Company’s Chief Executive Officer as the Insider Trading Compliance Officer (the “Compliance Officer”).

IV.       Duties of Compliance Officer.

The Compliance Officer has been designated by the Board to handle any and all matters relating to the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Program. Certain of those duties may require the advice of outside counsel with special expertise in securities issues and relevant law. The duties of the Compliance Officer shall include the following:

A.       Pre-clearing all transactions involving the Company’s securities by the Section 16 Individuals and those individuals having regular access to Material Non-Public Information in order to determine compliance with the Policy, insider trading laws, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144”). Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a Pre-Clearance Checklist to assist the Compliance Officer’s performance of this duty.

B.       Assisting in the preparation and filing of Section 16 reports (Forms 3, 4 and 5) for all Section 16 Individuals, bearing in mind, however, that the preparation of such reports is undertaken by the Company as a courtesy only and that the Section 16 Individuals alone (and not the Company, its employees or advisors) shall be solely responsible for the content and filing of such reports and for any violations of Section 16 under the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations.

C.       Serving as the designated recipient at the Company of copies of reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) by Section 16 Individuals under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

D.       Performing periodic reviews of available materials, which may include Forms 3, 4 and 5, Form 144, officers and director’s questionnaires, and reports received from the Company’s stock administrator and transfer agent, to determine trading activity by officers, directors and others who have, or may have, access to Material Non-Public Information.

E.       Circulating the Policy (and/or a summary thereof) to all covered employees, including Section 16 Individuals, on an annual basis, and providing the Policy and other appropriate materials to new officers, directors and others who have, or may have, access to Material Non-Public Information.

F.       Assisting the Board in implementation of the Policy and all related Company policies.

G.       Coordinating with Company internal or external legal counsel regarding all securities compliance matters.

H.       Retaining copies of all appropriate securities reports, and maintaining records of his or her activities as Compliance Officer.

[Acknowledgement Appears on the Next Page]

2

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp’s Insider Trading Compliance Manual (the “Insider Trading Manual”). Further, I certify that I have reviewed the Insider Trading Manual, understand the policies and procedures contained therein and agree to be bound by and adhere to these policies and procedures.

Dated:
	Signature
	Name:

3

Exhibit A

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP

Insider Trading Policy

and Guidelines with Respect to Certain Transactions in Company Securities

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY

This Policy applies to all transactions in the Company’s securities, including units, common stock, options and warrants to purchase common stock and any other securities the Company may issue from time to time, such as preferred stock, warrants and convertible notes, as well as to derivative securities relating to the Company’s stock, whether or not issued by the Company, such as exchange-traded options. It applies to all officers and directors of the Company, all other employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, and consultants or contractors to the Company or its subsidiaries who have or may have access to Material Nonpublic Information (as defined below) regarding the Company and members of the immediate family or household of any such person. This group of people is sometimes referred to in this Policy as “Insiders.” This Policy also applies to any person who receives Material Nonpublic Information from any Insider.

Any person who possesses Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company is an Insider for so long as such information is not publicly known.

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

It is not possible to define all categories of material information. However, the U.S. Supreme Court and other federal courts have ruled that information should be regarded as “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor:

(1) would consider the information important in making an investment decision; and

(2) would view the information as having significantly altered the “total mix” of available information about the Company.

“Nonpublic” information is information that has not been previously disclosed to the general public and is otherwise not available to the general public.

While it may be difficult to determine whether particular information is material, there are various categories of information that are particularly sensitive and, as a general rule, should always be considered material. In addition, material information may be positive or negative. Examples of such information may include:

● Financial results

● Information relating to the Company’s stock exchange listing or SEC regulatory issues

● Information regarding regulatory review of Company products

A-1

● Intellectual property and other proprietary/scientific information

● Projections of future earnings or losses

● Major contract awards, cancellations or write-offs

● Joint ventures/commercial partnerships with third parties

● Research milestones and related payments or royalties

● News of a pending or proposed merger or acquisition

● News of the disposition of material assets

● Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems

● Gain or loss of a substantial customer or supplier

● New product announcements of a significant nature

● Significant pricing changes

● Stock splits

● New equity or debt offerings

● Significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation

● Changes in senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company

● Capital investment plans

● Changes in dividend policy

CERTAIN EXCEPTIONS

For purposes of this Policy:

1.       Stock Options Exercises. For purposes of this Policy, the Company considers that the exercise of stock options under the Company’s stock option plans (but not the sale of the underlying stock) to be exempt from this Policy. This Policy does apply, however, to any sale of stock as part of a broker-assisted “cashless” exercise of an option, or any market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.

2.       401(k) Plan. This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company stock in the Company’s 401(k) plan resulting from periodic contributions of money to the plan pursuant to payroll deduction elections. This Policy does apply, however, to certain elections that may be made under the 401(k) plan, including (a) an election to increase or decrease the percentage of periodic contributions that will be allocated to the Company stock fund, if any, (b) an election to make an intra-plan transfer of an existing account balance into or out of the Company stock fund, (c) an election to borrow money against a 401(k) plan account if the loan will result in a liquidation of some or all of a participant’s Company stock fund balance and (d) an election to pre-pay a plan loan if the pre-payment will result in allocation of loan proceeds to the Company stock fund.

3.       Employee Stock Purchase Plan. This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company stock in the Company’s employee stock purchase plan, if any, resulting from periodic contributions of money to the plan pursuant to the elections made at the time of enrollment in the plan. This Policy also does not apply to purchases of Company stock resulting from lump sum contributions to the plan, provided that the participant elected to participate by lump-sum payment at the beginning of the applicable enrollment period. This Policy does apply to a participant’s election to participate in or increase his or her participation in the plan, and to a participant’s sales of Company stock purchased pursuant to the plan.

A-2

4.       Dividend Reinvestment Plan. This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company stock under the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan, if any, resulting from reinvestment of dividends paid on Company securities. This Policy does apply, however, to voluntary purchases of Company stock that result from additional contributions a participant chooses to make to the plan, and to a participant’s election to participate in the plan or increase his level of participation in the plan. This Policy also applies to his or her sale of any Company stock purchased pursuant to the plan.

5.       General Exceptions. Any exceptions to this Policy other than as set forth above may only be made by advance written approval of each of: (i) the Company’s President or Chief Executive Officer, (ii) the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Officer and (iii) the Chairman of the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board, if applicable. Any such exceptions shall be immediately reported to the remaining members of the Board.

STATEMENT OF POLICY

General Policy

It is the policy of the Company to prohibit the unauthorized disclosure of any nonpublic information acquired in the workplace and the misuse of Material Nonpublic Information in securities trading related to the Company or any other company.

Specific Policies

1.       Trading on Material Nonpublic Information. With certain exceptions, no Insider shall engage in any transaction involving a purchase or sale of the Company’s or any other company’s securities, including any offer to purchase or offer to sell, during any period commencing with the date that he or she possesses Material Nonpublic Information concerning the Company, and ending at the close of business on the second Trading Day following the date of public disclosure of that information, or at such time as such nonpublic information is no longer material. However, see Section 2 under “Permitted Trading Period” below for a full discussion of trading pursuant to a pre-established plan or by delegation.

As used herein, the term “Trading Day” shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges are open for trading.

2.       Tipping. No Insider shall disclose (“tip”) Material Nonpublic Information to any other person (including family members) where such information may be used by such person to his or her profit by trading in the securities of companies to which such information relates, nor shall such Insider or related person make recommendations or express opinions on the basis of Material Nonpublic Information as to trading in the Company’s securities.

A-3

Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) is an issuer disclosure rule implemented by the SEC that addresses selective disclosure of Material Nonpublic Information. The regulation provides that when the Company, or person acting on its behalf, discloses material nonpublic information to certain enumerated persons (in general, securities market professionals and holders of the Company’s securities who may well trade on the basis of the information), it must make public disclosure of that information. The timing of the required public disclosure depends on whether the selective disclosure was intentional or unintentional; for an intentional selective disclosure, the Company must make public disclosures simultaneously; for a non-intentional disclosure the Company must make public disclosure promptly. Under the regulation, the required public disclosure may be made by filing or furnishing a Form 8-K, or by another method or combination of methods that is reasonably designed to effect broad, non-exclusionary distribution of the information to the public.

It is the policy of the Company that all public communications of the Company (including, without limitation, communications with the press, other public statements, statements made via the Internet or social media outlets, or communications with any regulatory authority) be handled only through the Company’s President and/or Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”), an authorized designee of the CEO or the Company’s public or investor relations firm. Please refer all press, analyst or similar requests for information to the CEO and do not respond to any inquiries without prior authorization from the CEO. If the CEO is unavailable, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (or the authorized designee of such officer) will fill this role.

3.       Confidentiality of Nonpublic Information. Nonpublic information relating to the Company is the property of the Company and the unauthorized disclosure of such information (including, without limitation, via email or by posting on Internet message boards, blogs or social media) is strictly forbidden.

4.       Duty to Report Inappropriate and Irregular Conduct. All employees, and particularly managers and/or supervisors, have a responsibility for maintaining financial integrity within the company, consistent with generally accepted accounting principles and both federal and state securities laws. Any employee who becomes aware of any incidents involving financial or accounting manipulation or irregularities, whether by witnessing the incident or being told of it, must report it to their immediate supervisor and to any member of the Company’s Audit Committee. In certain instances, employees are allowed to participate in federal or state proceedings. For a more complete understanding of this issue, employees should consult their employee manual and/or seek the advice from their direct report or the Company’s principal executive officers (who may, in turn, seek input from the Company’s outside legal counsel).

POTENTIAL CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY

AND/OR DISCIPLINARY ACTION

1.       Liability for Insider Trading. Insiders may be subject to penalties of up to $5,000,000 for individuals (and $25,000,000 for a business entity) and up to twenty (20) years in prison for engaging in transactions in the Company’s securities at a time when they possess Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company. In addition, the SEC has the authority to seek a civil monetary penalty of up to three times the amount of profit gained or loss avoided by illegal insider trading. “Profit gained” or “loss avoided” generally means the difference between the purchase or sale price of the Company’s stock and its value as measured by the trading price of the stock a reasonable period after public dissemination of the nonpublic information.

A-4

2.       Liability for Tipping. Insiders may also be liable for improper transactions by any person (commonly referred to as a “tippee”) to whom they have disclosed Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company or to whom they have made recommendations or expressed opinions on the basis of such information as to trading in the Company’s securities. The SEC has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing person did not profit from the trading. The SEC, the stock exchanges and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to monitor and uncover insider trading.

3.       Possible Disciplinary Actions. Individuals subject to the Policy who violate this Policy shall also be subject to disciplinary action by the Company, which may include suspension, forfeiture of perquisites, ineligibility for future participation in the Company’s equity incentive plans and/or termination of employment.

PERMITTED TRADING PERIOD

1.       Black-Out Period and Trading Window.

To ensure compliance with this Policy and applicable federal and state securities laws, the Company requires that all officers, directors, members of the immediate family or household of any such person and others who are subject to this Policy refrain from conducting any transactions involving the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities, other than during the period in any fiscal quarter commencing at the close of business on the second Trading Day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for the prior fiscal quarter or year and ending on the twenty-fifth day of the third month of the fiscal quarter (the “Trading Window”). If such public disclosure occurs on a Trading Day before the markets close, then such date of disclosure shall be considered the first Trading Day following such public disclosure.

It is the Company’s policy that the period when the Trading Window is “closed” is a particularly sensitive periods of time for transactions in the Company’s securities from the perspective of compliance with applicable securities laws. This is because Insiders will, as any quarter progresses, are increasingly likely to possess Material Nonpublic Information about the expected financial results for the quarter. The purpose of the Trading Window is to avoid any unlawful or improper transactions or the appearance of any such transactions.

It should be noted that even during the Trading Window any person possessing Material Nonpublic Information concerning the Company shall not engage in any transactions in the Company’s (or any other companies, as applicable) securities until such information has been known publicly for at least two Trading Days. The Company has adopted the policy of delaying trading for “at least two Trading Days” because the securities laws require that the public be informed effectively of previously undisclosed material information before Insiders trade in the Company’s stock. Public disclosure may occur through a widely disseminated press release or through filings, such as Forms 10-Q and 8-K, with the SEC. Furthermore, in order for the public to be effectively informed, the public must be given time to evaluate the information disclosed by the Company. Although the amount of time necessary for the public to evaluate the information may vary depending on the complexity of the information, generally two Trading Days is a sufficient period of time.

A-5

From time to time, the Company may also require that Insiders suspend trading because of developments known to the Company and not yet disclosed to the public. In such event, such persons may not engage in any transaction involving the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities during such period and may not disclose to others the fact of such suspension of trading.

Although the Company may from time to time require during a Trading Window that Insiders and others suspend trading because of developments known to the Company and not yet disclosed to the public, each person is individually responsible at all times for compliance with the prohibitions against insider trading. Trading in the Company’s securities during the Trading Window should not be considered a “safe harbor,” and all directors, officers and other persons should use good judgment at all times.

Notwithstanding these general rules, Insiders may trade outside of the Trading Window provided that such trades are made pursuant to a legally compliant, pre-established plan or by delegation established at a time that the Insider is not in possession of material nonpublic information. These alternatives are discussed in the next section.

2. Trading According to a Pre-established Plan (10b5-1) or by Delegation.

The SEC has adopted Rule 10b5-1 (which was amended in December 2022) under which insider trading liability can be avoided if Insiders follow very specific procedures. In general, such procedures involve trading according to pre-established instructions, plans or programs (a “10b5-1 Plan”) after a required “cooling off” period described below.

10b5-1 Plans must:

(a)       Be documented by a contract, written plan, or formal instruction which provides that the trade take place in the future. For example, an Insider can contract to sell his or her shares on a specific date, or simply delegate such decisions to an investment manager, 401(k) plan administrator or similar third party. This documentation must be provided to the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Officer;

(b)       Include in its documentation the specific amount, price and timing of the trade, or the formula for determining the amount, price and timing. For example, the Insider can buy or sell shares in a specific amount and on a specific date each month, or according to a pre-established percentage (of the Insider’s salary, for example) each time that the share price falls or rises to pre-established levels. In the case where trading decisions have been delegated (i.e., to a third party broker or money manager), the specific amount, price and timing need not be provided;

A-6

(c)       Be implemented at a time when the Insider does not possess material non-public information. As a practical matter, this means that the Insider may set up 10b5-1 Plans, or delegate trading discretion, only during a “Trading Window” (discussed in Section 1, above), assuming the Insider is not in possession of material non-public information;

(d)       Remain beyond the scope of the Insider’s influence after implementation. In general, the Insider must allow the 10b5-1 Plan to be executed without changes to the accompanying instructions, and the Insider cannot later execute a hedge transaction that modifies the effect of the 10b5-1 Plan. Insiders should be aware that the termination or modification of a 10b5-1 Plan after trades have been undertaken under such plan could negate the 10b5-1 affirmative defense afforded by such program for all such prior trades. As such, termination or modification of a 10b-5 Plan should only be undertaken in consultation with your legal counsel. If the Insider has delegated decision-making authority to a third party, the Insider cannot subsequently influence the third party in any way and such third party must not possess material non-public information at the time of any of the trades;

(e)       Be subject to a “cooling off” period. Effective February 27, 2023, Rule 10b5-1 contains “cooling-off period” for directors and officers that prohibit such insiders from trading in a 10b5-1 Plan until the later of (i) 90 days following the plan’s adoption or modification or (ii) two business days following the Company’s disclosure (via a report filed with the SEC) of its financial results for the fiscal quarter in which the plan was adopted or modified; and

(f)       Contain Insider certifications. Effective February 27, 2023, directors and officers are required to include a certification in their 10b5-1 Plans to certify that at the time the plan is adopted or modified: (i) they are not aware of Material Nonpublic Information about the Company or its securities and (ii) they are adopting the 10b5-1 Plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the anti-fraud provisions of the Exchange Act.

Important: In addition, effective February 27, 2023: (i) Insiders are prohibited from having multiple overlapping 10b5-1 Plans or more than one plan in any given year, (ii) a modification relating to amount, price and timing of trades under a 10b5-1 Plan is deemed a plan termination which requires a new cooling off period, and (iii) whether a particular trade is undertaken pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan will need to be disclosed (by checkoff box) on the applicable Forms 4 or 5 of the Insider.

Pre-Approval Required: Prior to implementing a 10b5-1 Plan, all officers and directors must receive the approval for such plan from (and provide the details of the plan to) the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Officer.

3.       Pre-Clearance of Trades.

Even during a Trading Window, all Insiders, must comply with the Company’s “pre-clearance” process prior to trading in the Company’s securities, implementing a pre-established plan for trading, or delegating decision-making authority over the Insider’s trades. To do so, each Insider must contact the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Officer prior to initiating any of these actions. The Company may also find it necessary, from time to time, to require compliance with the pre-clearance process from others who may be in possession of Material Nonpublic Information.

A-7

4.       Individual Responsibility.

Every person subject to this Policy has the individual responsibility to comply with this Policy against insider trading, regardless of whether the Company has established a Trading Window applicable to that Insider or any other Insiders of the Company. Each individual, and not necessarily the Company, is responsible for his or her own actions and will be individually responsible for the consequences of their actions. Therefore, appropriate judgment, diligence and caution should be exercised in connection with any trade in the Company’s securities. An Insider may, from time to time, have to forego a proposed transaction in the Company’s securities even if he or she planned to make the transaction before learning of the Material Nonpublic Information and even though the Insider believes he or she may suffer an economic loss or forego anticipated profit by waiting.

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY TO INSIDE INFORMATION

REGARDING OTHER COMPANIES

This Policy and the guidelines described herein also apply to Material Nonpublic Information relating to other companies, including the Company’s customers, vendors or suppliers (“business partners”), when that information is obtained in the course of employment with, or other services performed on behalf of the Company. Civil and criminal penalties, as well as termination of employment, may result from trading on Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company’s business partners. All Insiders should treat Material Nonpublic Information about the Company’s business partners with the same care as is required with respect to information relating directly to the Company.

PROHIBITION AGAINST BUYING AND SELLING

COMPANY COMMON STOCK WITHIN A SIX-MONTH PERIOD

Directors, Officers and 10% Stockholders

Purchases and sales (or sales and purchases) of Company common stock occurring within any six-month period in which a mathematical profit is realized result in illegal “short-swing profits.” The prohibition against short-swing profits is found in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Section 16 was drafted as a rather arbitrary prohibition against profitable “insider trading” in a company’s securities within any six-month period regardless of the presence or absence of material nonpublic information that may affect the market price of those securities. Each executive officer, director and 10% stockholder of the Company is subject to the prohibition against short-swing profits under Section 16. Such persons are required to file Forms 3, 4 and 5 reports reporting his or her initial ownership of the Company’s common stock and any subsequent changes in such ownership. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires executive officers and directors who must report transactions on Form 4 to do so by the end of the second business day following the transaction date, and amendments to Form 4 adopted effective February 2023 require the reporting person to check on the form if the purchase or sale was undertaken pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan. Profit realized, for the purposes of Section 16, is calculated generally to provide maximum recovery by the Company. The measure of damages is the profit computed from any purchase and sale or any sale and purchase within the short-swing (i.e., six-month) period, without regard to any setoffs for losses, any first-in or first-out rules, or the identity of the shares of common stock. This approach sometimes has been called the “lowest price in, highest price out” rule.

A-8

The rules on recovery of short-swing profits are absolute and do not depend on whether a person has Material Nonpublic Information. In order to avoid trading activity that could inadvertently trigger a short-swing profit, it is the Company’s policy that no executive officer, director and 10% stockholder of the Company who has a 10b5-1 Plan in place may engage in voluntary purchases or sales of Company securities outside of and while such 10b5-1 Plan remains in place.

INQUIRIES

Please direct your questions as to any of the matters discussed in this Policy to the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Officer.

A-9

Exhibit B

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP

Insider Trading Compliance Program - Pre-Clearance Checklist

Individual Proposing to Trade:_________________________

Number of Shares covered by Proposed Trade:_________________________

Date:_________________________

☐ Trading Window. Confirm that the trade will be made during the Company’s “trading window.”

☐ Section 16 Compliance. Confirm, if the individual is subject to Section 16, that the proposed trade will not give rise to any potential liability under Section 16 as a result of matched past (or intended future) transactions. Also, ensure that a Form 4 has been or will be completed and will be timely filed.

☐ Prohibited Trades. Confirm, if the individual is subject to Section 16, that the proposed transaction is not a “short sale,” put, call or other prohibited or strongly discouraged transaction.

☐ Rule 144 Compliance (as applicable). Confirm that:

☐ Current public information requirement has been met;

☐ Shares are not restricted or, if restricted, the one year holding period has been met;

☐ Volume limitations are not exceeded (confirm that the individual is not part of an aggregated group);

☐ The manner of sale requirements have been met; and

☐ The Notice of Form 144 Sale has been completed and filed.

☐ Rule 10b-5 Concerns. Confirm that (i) the individual has been reminded that trading is prohibited when in possession of any material information regarding the Company that has not been adequately disclosed to the public, and (ii) the Insider Trading Compliance Officer has discussed with the individual any information known to the individual or the Insider Trading Compliance Officer which might be considered material, so that the individual has made an informed judgment as to the presence of inside information.

☐ Rule 10b5-1 Matters. Confirm whether the individual has implemented, or proposes to implement, a pre-arranged trading plan under Rule 10b5-1. If so, obtain details of the plan.

Signature of Insider Trading Compliance Officer

B-1

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a)

UNDER THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mario Zarazua, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) (Paragraph intentionally omitted pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a));

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2026	By:	/s/ Mario Zarazua
		Mario Zarazua
		Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a)

UNDER THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mike Rollins, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) (Paragraph intentionally omitted pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a));

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2026	By:	/s/ Mike Rollins
		Mike Rollins
		Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mario Zarazua, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period covered by the Report.

Date: March 9, 2026	By:	/s/ Mario Zarazua
		Mario Zarazua
		Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mike Rollins, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period covered by the Report.

Date: March 9, 2026	By:	/s/ Mike Rollins
		Mike Rollins
		Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-97.1

Exhibit 97.1

OYSTER ENTERPRISES II ACQUISITION CORP

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION CLAWBACK POLICY

Adopted as of May 21, 2025

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp (the “Company”) has adopted the following executive compensation clawback policy (this “Policy”). This Policy shall supplement any other clawback or compensation recovery policy or policies adopted by the Company or included in any agreement between the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, and a person covered by this Policy. If any such other policy or agreement provides that a greater amount of compensation shall be subject to clawback, such other policy or agreement shall apply to the amount in excess of the amount subject to clawback under this Policy.

This Policy shall be interpreted to comply with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Rule 10D-1 and Listing Rule 5608 (the “Listing Rule”) of The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (“Nasdaq”), as may be amended or supplemented and interpreted from time to time by Nasdaq. To the extent this Policy is in any manner deemed inconsistent with the Listing Rule, this Policy shall be treated as having been amended to be compliant with the Listing Rule.

1. Definitions. Unless the context indicates otherwise the following definitions apply for purposes of this Policy:

(a) Executive Officer. An executive officer is the Company’s chief executive officer and/or president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or if there is no such accounting officer, the controller), any vice-president of the Company in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function (such as sales, administration, or finance), any other officer who performs a policy-making function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the Company. Executive officers of the Company’s parent(s) or subsidiaries are deemed executive officers of the Company if they perform such policy making functions for the Company. Policy-making function is not intended to include policy-making functions that are not significant. Identification of an executive officer for purposes of the Listing Rule would include at a minimum executive officers identified in the Listing Rule.

(b) Financial Reporting Measures. Financial reporting measures are measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and any measures that are derived wholly or in part from such measures. Stock price and total shareholder return are also financial reporting measures. A financial reporting measure need not be presented within the financial statements or included in a filing with the SEC and may be such financial measures as may be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee thereof (the “Compensation Committee”).

(c) Incentive-Based Compensation. Incentive-based compensation is any compensation that is granted, earned or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a financial reporting measure.

(d) Received. Incentive-based compensation is deemed “received” in the Company’s fiscal period during which the financial reporting measure specified in the incentive-based compensation award is attained, even if the payment or grant of the incentive-based compensation occurs after the end of that period.

1

2. Application of this Policy. This recovery of Incentive-Based Compensation from an Executive Officer as provided for in this Policy shall apply only in the event that the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of Company with any financial reporting requirement under the United States securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements, or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period.

3. Recovery Period.

(a) The Incentive-Based Compensation subject to recovery is the Incentive-Based Compensation Received during the three (3) completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date that the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement as described in Section 2 above, provided that the person served as an Executive Officer at any time during the performance period applicable to the Incentive-Based Compensation in question. The date that the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement shall be determined pursuant to the Listing Rule.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Policy shall only apply if the Incentive-Based Compensation is received (i) while the Company has a class of securities listed on Nasdaq and (ii) on or after October 2, 2023.

(c) The provisions of the Listing Rule shall apply with respect to Incentive-Based Compensation received during a transition period arising due to a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

4. Erroneously Awarded Compensation. The amount of Incentive-Based Compensation subject to recovery from the applicable Executive Officers under this Policy (“Erroneously Awarded Compensation”) shall be equal to the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation Received that exceeds the amount of Incentive Based-Compensation that otherwise would have been Received had it been determined based on the restated amounts and shall be computed without regard to any taxes paid. For Incentive-Based Compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return, where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in an accounting restatement: (a) the amount shall be based on a reasonable estimate by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (or principal accounting officer, if the office of Chief Financial Officer is not then filled) of the effect of the accounting restatement on the stock price or total shareholder return upon which the Incentive-Based Compensation was received, which estimate shall be subject to the review and approval of the Compensation Committee; and (b) the Company must maintain reasonable documentation of the determination of that reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to Nasdaq if requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the proposed Incentive-Based Compensation recovery would affect compensation paid to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, the determination shall be made by the Compensation Committee.

2

5. Timing of Recovery. The Company shall recover any Erroneously Awarded Compensation reasonably promptly except to the extent that the conditions of paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) below apply. The Compensation Committee shall determine the repayment schedule for each amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation in a manner that complies with this “reasonably promptly” requirement. Such determination shall be consistent with any applicable legal guidance by the SEC, Nasdaq, judicial opinion, or otherwise. The determination of “reasonably promptly” may vary from case to case and the Compensation Committee is authorized to adopt additional rules or policies to further describe what repayment schedules satisfy this requirement.

(a) Erroneously Awarded Compensation need not be recovered if the direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing (or making determinations in connection with the enforcement of) this Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered and the Compensation Committee has made a determination that recovery would be impracticable. Before concluding that it would be impracticable to recover any amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation based on expense of enforcement, the Company shall (i) make a reasonable attempt to recover such Erroneously Awarded Compensation, (ii) document such reasonable attempt or attempts to recover, and (iii) provide appropriate documentation to the Compensation Committee or Nasdaq, if requested.

(b) Erroneously Awarded Compensation need not be recovered if recovery would violate home country law where that law was adopted prior to November 28, 2022. Before concluding that it would be impracticable to recover any amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation based on a violation of home country law, the Company shall obtain an opinion of home country counsel, in form and substance that would be reasonably acceptable to Nasdaq, that recovery would result in such a violation and shall provide such opinion to Nasdaq, if requested.

(c) Erroneously Awarded Compensation need not be recovered if recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and the regulations thereunder (as such provision may be amended, modified or supplemented).

6. Compensation Committee Decisions. Decisions of the Compensation Committee with respect to this Policy shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Executive Officers subject to this Policy.

7. No Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other policy of the Company or any agreement between the Company and an Executive Officer, no Executive Officer shall be indemnified by the Company against the loss arising from the recovery of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation.

8. Agreement to Policy by Executive Officers. The Company shall take reasonable steps to inform Executive Officers of this Policy and obtain their express agreement to this Policy, which steps may constitute the inclusion of this Policy as an attachment to any award that is accepted by an Executive Officer. This Policy shall be deemed to apply to each employment or grant agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any Executive Officer subject to this Policy.

# # #

3

XML

Cover - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Mar. 09, 2026
Document Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-K
Document Annual Report	true
Document Transition Report	false
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2025
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2025
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Registrant Name	Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp
Entity Central Index Key	0002042182
Entity File Number	001-42662
Entity Tax Identification Number	61-2218657
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	E9
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Shell Company	true
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	true
Entity Emerging Growth Company	true
Entity Ex Transition Period	false
Entity Address, Address Line One	801 Brickell Avenue
Entity Address, Address Line Two	8th Floor
Entity Address, City or Town	Miami
Entity Address, State or Province	FL
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	33131
City Area Code	(786)
Local Phone Number	744-7720
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag	false
Document Financial Statement Error Correction [Flag]	false
Entity Public Float	$ 262,940,880
Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one right
Document Information [Line Items]
Title of 12(b) Security	Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one right
Trading Symbol	OYSEU
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share
Document Information [Line Items]
Title of 12(b) Security	Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share
Trading Symbol	OYSE
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Rights, each right entitling the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination
Document Information [Line Items]
Title of 12(b) Security	Rights, each right entitling the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business
Trading Symbol	OYSER
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Class A Ordinary Shares
Document Information [Line Items]
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		26,008,000
Class B Ordinary Shares
Document Information [Line Items]
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		7,906,250

XML

Audit Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Auditor [Line Items]

Auditor Name

WithumSmith+Brown, PC

Auditor Firm ID

100

Auditor Location

New York, New York

Auditor Opinion [Text Block]

Opinion on the Financial Statement

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

XML

Balance Sheets - USD ($)		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Current assets
Cash		$ 864,584
Prepaid expenses		135,654
Total Current Assets		1,000,238
Deferred offering costs			145,359
Long term prepaid insurance		43,229
Cash and securities held in Trust Account		259,241,061
Total Assets		260,284,528	145,359
Current liabilities
Accrued offering costs		75,000	744
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		42,542
Total current liabilities		117,542	167,803
Deferred underwriting fee		8,855,000
Total Liabilities		8,972,542	167,803
Commitments
Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption, 25,300,000 shares at redemption value of $10.25 per share		259,241,061
Shareholders’ Deficit
Preferred shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024
Additional paid-in capital			24,209
Accumulated deficit		(7,929,937)	(47,444)
Total Shareholders’ Deficit		(7,929,075)	(22,444)
Total Liabilities, Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption, and Shareholders’ Deficit		260,284,528	145,359
Related party
Current liabilities
IPO Promissory Note – related party			167,059
Class A Ordinary Shares
Shareholders’ Deficit
Ordinary shares value		71
Class B Ordinary Shares
Shareholders’ Deficit
Ordinary shares value	[1]	$ 791	$ 791

[1] As of December 31, 2024, included up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares that were subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option was exercised (Note 5). On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units at $10.00 per unit, which included the full exercise of the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option, and the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

XML

Balance Sheets (Parentheticals) - $ / shares		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Preferred shares, par value		$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred shares, shares authorized		5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred shares, shares issued
Preferred shares, shares outstanding
Founder Shares
Founder shares			1,031,250
Class A Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares redemption value per share		$ 10.25	$ 10.25
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption		25,300,000	25,300,000
Ordinary shares, par value		$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Ordinary shares, shares authorized		500,000,000	500,000,000
Ordinary shares, shares issued		708,000	0
Ordinary shares, shares outstanding		708,000	0
Class B Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares, par value	[1]	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Ordinary shares, shares authorized	[1]	50,000,000	50,000,000
Ordinary shares, shares issued	[1]	7,906,250	7,906,250
Ordinary shares, shares outstanding	[1]	7,906,250	7,906,250

[1] As of December 31, 2024, included up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares that were subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option was exercised (Note 5). On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units at $10.00 per unit, which included the full exercise of the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option, and the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

XML

Statements of Operations - USD ($)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024		Dec. 31, 2025
Formation, general and administrative costs	$ 47,444		$ 456,691
Loss from operations	(47,444)		(456,691)
Other income:
Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account			6,241,061
Net income (loss)	$ (47,444)		$ 5,784,370
Class A Ordinary Shares
Other income:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding			15,818,564
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding			15,818,564
Basic net income per share			$ 0.24
Diluted net income per share			$ 0.24
Class B Ordinary Shares
Other income:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	6,250,000	[1]	7,906,250
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	6,250,000	[1]	7,906,250
Basic net income per share	$ (0.01)		$ 0.24
Diluted net income per share	$ (0.01)		$ 0.24

[1] For the period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024 excluded up to 1,031,250 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

XML

Statements of Operations (Parentheticals)	Dec. 31, 2024 shares
Over Allotment Option
Shares subject to forfeiture	1,031,250

XML

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit - USD ($)		Class A Ordinary shares	Class B Ordinary shares		Additional Paid-In Capital	Accumulated Deficit	Total
Balance at Oct. 08, 2024				[1]
Balance (in Shares) at Oct. 08, 2024				[1]
Class B ordinary shares issued to Sponsor	[1]		$ 791		24,209		(25,000)
Class B ordinary shares issued to Sponsor (in Shares)			7,906,250	[1]
Net Income (Loss)				[1]		(47,444)	(47,444)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2024			$ 791	[1]	24,209	(47,444)	(22,444)
Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2024			7,906,250	[1]
Accretion of Class A Ordinary Shares to redemption amount				[1]	(10,617,003)	(13,666,863)	(24,283,866)
Sale of Private Placement Units		$ 71		[1]	7,079,929		7,080,000
Sale of Private Placement Units Shares		708,000		[1]
Fair value of rights included in Public units				[1]	3,744,400		3,744,400
Allocated value of transaction costs to Class A shares				[1]	231,535		231,535
Net Income (Loss)				[1]		5,784,370	5,784,370
Balance at Dec. 31, 2025		$ 71	$ 791	[1]		$ (7,929,937)	$ (7,929,075)
Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2025		708,000	7,906,250	[1]

[1] As of December 31, 2024, included up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares that were subject to forfeiture. by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option was exercised (Note 5). On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units at $10.00 per unit, which included the full exercise of the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option, and the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

XML

Statements of Changes In Shareholders’ Deficit (Parentheticals) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	May 23, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Initial Public Offering
Number of Units issued		25,300,000
Public Shares Price		$ 10
Founder Shares
Founder shares		1,031,250	1,031,250
Private Placement Units	708,000

XML

Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2025
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)	$ (47,444)	$ 5,784,370
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account		(6,241,061)
Formation costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares	8,624
Payment of operation costs through IPO Promissory Note	38,820	25,100
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses		(135,654)
Long-term prepaid insurance		(43,229)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		42,542
Net cash used in operating activities		(567,932)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Investment of cash into Trust Account		(253,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities		(253,000,000)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid		247,940,000
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Units		7,080,000
Repayment of IPO Promissory Note - related party		(239,487)
Payment of offering costs		(347,997)
Net cash provided by financing activities		254,432,516
Net change in cash		864,584
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period		864,584
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Deferred offering costs paid through promissory note – related party	128,239	47,328
Offering costs included in accrued offering costs	744	75,000
Prepaid services contributed by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares	25,000
Deferred underwriting fee payable		$ 8,855,000

XML

Description of Organization and Business Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Description of Organization and Business Operations [Abstract]

DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Oyster Enterprises II Acquisition Corp (the “Company”) is a special purpose acquisition company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on October 9, 2024. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from October 9, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2025 relates to the Company’s formation, the Initial Public Offering as defined below and subsequent to the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income on investments from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The IPO Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC on May 21, 2025. The MEF Registration Statement was declared effective on May 21, 2025, when filed. On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their Over-Allotment Option in the amount of 3,300,000 Option Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $253,000,000. Each Unit consists of one Public Share and one right (“Public Right”) to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 708,000 units (the “Private Placement Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, in a Private Placement to the Company’s sponsor, Oyster Enterprises II LLC (the “Sponsor”), and BTIG, LLC (“BTIG”, the representative of the underwriters), generating gross proceeds of $7,080,000. Each Private Placement Unit consists of one Private Placement Share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination (“Private Placement Right”). Of those 708,000 Private Placement Units, the Sponsor purchased 455,000 Private Placement Units and BTIG purchased 253,000 Private Placement Units.

Transaction costs amounted to $14,529,940, consisting of $5,060,000 of cash underwriting fee, $8,855,000 of deferred underwriting fee, and $614,940 of other offering costs.

The Company’s Management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination.

The Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net balance in the Trust Account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held and income taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the signing an agreement to enter into a Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, on May 23, 2025, an amount of $253,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units and the Private Placement Units was placed in the trust account (the “Trust Account”), with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Continental”) acting as trustee. The funds may only be invested in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating an intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that the Company might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that the Company holds investments in the Trust Account, the Company may, at any time (based on Management Team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to the potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the Trust Account and instead to hold the funds in the Trust Account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to the Company to pay its taxes, if any, the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Units will not be released from the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, (ii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares if the Company is unable to complete the initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or by such earlier liquidation date as the Board of Directors may approve (the “Completion Window”), subject to applicable law, or (iii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles to (A) modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public shareholders.

The Company will provide the Company’s Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of the initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the initial Business Combination or (ii) without a shareholder vote by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a proposed initial Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less income taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, subject to the limitations. The amount in the Trust Account was initially $10.00 per public share.

The Ordinary Shares subject to redemption will be recorded at redemption value and classified as temporary equity subsequent to the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination.

The Company will have only the duration of the Completion Window to complete the initial Business Combination. However, if the Company is unable to complete its initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the Company will as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less income taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will constitute full and complete payment for the Public Shares and completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation or other distributions, if any), subject to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and subject to the other requirements of applicable law.

The Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a Letter Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and public shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination or an earlier redemption in connection with the commencement of the procedures to consummate the initial Business Combination if the Company determines it is desirable to facilitate the completion of the initial Business Combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account; and (iv) vote any Founder Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of the initial Business Combination.

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or Business Combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less income taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, the Company has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor has the Company independently verified whether the Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and the Company believes that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company. Therefore, the Company cannot assure that the Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s liquidity needs up to December 31, 2025 have been satisfied through the loan under an unsecured IPO Promissory Note from the Sponsor of up to $300,000 (see Note 5) and funds available for operating expenses from the proceeds of the IPO. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had cash of $864,584 and working capital of $882,696.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay such loaned amounts at that time. Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be converted into units of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. As of December 31, 2025 the Company had no borrowings under such Working Capital Loans.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-40, “Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern” the Company does not believe it will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating its business within one year from the date of issuance of the financial statements. However, if the estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, the Company may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to the initial Business Combination. Management has determined that after the Initial Public Offering closing on May 23, 2025, the Company has sufficient funds to finance the working capital needs of the Company within one year from the date of issuance of the financial statements.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements.

Making estimates requires Management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which Management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $864,584 and $0 in cash, respectively, and no cash equivalents.

Investments Held in Trust Account

As of December 31, 2025, the assets held in the Trust Account, amounting to $259,241,061, were held in U.S. Treasury Bills. The Company accounts for its investments held in the Trust Account at fair value in the accompanying balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of investments held in the Trust Account are included in interest earned on investments held in the Trust Account in the Company’s statements of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. Any loss incurred or a lack of access to such funds could have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A, “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees that are related to the Initial Public Offering. FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options,” addresses the allocation of proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt into its equity and debt components. The Company applies this guidance to allocate Initial Public Offering proceeds from the Units between Class A Ordinary Shares and rights, using the residual method by allocating Initial Public Offering proceeds first to the assigned value of the rights and then to the Class A Ordinary Shares. Offering costs allocated to the Public Shares are charged to temporary equity, and offering costs allocated to the Public Rights and Private Placement Units are charged to shareholders’ deficit based on the equity classification of the underlying financial instruments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet, primarily due to its short-term nature.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s Management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the periods presented.

Rights

The Company accounted for the Public and Private Placement Rights (as defined below) issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Accordingly, the Company evaluated and classified the rights under equity treatment at their assigned values.

On July 8, 2025, the Company announced that, commencing on July 11, 2025, the holders of the Units issued in its initial public offering, may elect to separately trade the Shares and Rights included in the Units. Any Units not separated will continue to trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “OYSEU.” The Shares and the Rights are listed and trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbols “OYSE” and “OYSER,” respectively.

Net Income (loss) per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. The calculation of diluted income (loss) per ordinary share does not consider the effect of the rights issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering and (ii) exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

The Company’s statements of operations include a presentation of income (loss) per share for Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income (loss) per Ordinary Share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares outstanding since original issuance. Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted, for Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing net income (loss), adjusted for income (loss) attributable to Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares, by the weighted average number of Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares include the Founder Shares, as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income per Ordinary Share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025				For the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024
	Class A		Class B		Class A		Class B
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of net income (loss)	$	3,856,739	$	1,927,631	$	—	$	(47,444	)
Denominator:
Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding		15,818,564		7,906,250		—		6,250,000
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share	$	0.24	$	0.24	$	—	$	(0.01	)

Class A Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Public Shares contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such Public Shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, or if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination. In accordance with ASC 480-10-S99, the Company classifies Public Shares subject to redemption outside of permanent equity as the redemption provisions are not solely within the control of the Company. The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of redeemable shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the accretion from initial book value to redemption value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable shares will result in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2025, Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet. As of December 31, 2025, the Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption reflected in the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds	$	253,000,000
Less:
Proceeds allocated to Public Rights		(3,744,400	)
Public Shares issuance costs		(14,298,405	)
Plus:
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value		24,283,866
Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2025	$	259,241,061

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures”. The amendments in this ASU require disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), as well as the aggregate amount of other segment items included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The ASU requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. Public entities will be required to provide all annual disclosures currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods, and entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in this ASU and existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on December 31, 2024.

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

XML

Public Offering

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Class of Stock Disclosures [Abstract]

PUBLIC OFFERING

NOTE 3. PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering on May 23, 2025, the Company sold 25,300,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their Over-Allotment Option in the amount of 3,300,000 Option Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit that the Company sold had a price of $10.00 and consisted of one Class A ordinary share and one right (“Public Right”) to receive one tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination.

XML

Private Placement

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Class of Stock Disclosures [Abstract]

PRIVATE PLACEMENT

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor and BTIG purchased an aggregate of 708,000 Private Placement Units at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, or $7,080,000 in the aggregate, in a Private Placement. Each Unit consisted of one Public Share and one Public Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination (known as the “Private Placement Rights”). If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the net proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Units held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law).

The Private Placement Rights contained in the Private Placement Units are identical to the rights sold in the Initial Public Offering except that the Private Placement Rights (i) may not (including the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of these rights), subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination and (ii) are entitled to registration rights.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have entered into a Letter Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination or an earlier redemption in connection with the commencement of the procedures to consummate the initial Business Combination if the Company determines it is desirable to facilitate the completion of the initial Business Combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles (A) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the Completion Window and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account; and (iv) vote any Founder Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of the initial Business Combination.

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On October 16, 2024, the Sponsor made a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, through payments of offering costs and expenses on the Company’s behalf, for which the Company issued 7,187,500 Class B Ordinary Shares, known as Founder Shares, to the Sponsor. On May 21, 2025, the Company issued additional 718,750 Founder Shares to the Sponsor in a share capitalization, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,906,250 Founder Shares. Up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares were subject to surrender by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option was exercised. On May 23, 2025, the underwriters exercised their Over-Allotment Option in full as part of the closing of the Initial Public Offering. As such, the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

On April 12, 2025, the Sponsor granted membership interests equivalent to an aggregate of 135,000 Founder Shares to independent directors of the Company in exchange for their services through the Company’s initial Business Combination. The Founder Shares, represented by such membership interests, will remain with the Sponsor if the holders of such membership interests are no longer serving the Company prior to the initial Business Combination. The membership interest assignment of the Founder Shares to the holders of such interests are in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Share Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, share-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the assignment date. The total fair value of the 135,000 Founder Shares represented by such membership interests assigned to the holders of such interests on April 12, 2025 was $198,585 or $1.471 per share. The membership interests were assigned subject to a performance condition (i.e., providing services through a Business Combination). Share-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of membership interests that ultimately vest times the assignment date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified) less the amount initially received for the assignment of the membership interests. As of December 31, 2025, the Company determined that the initial Business Combination is not considered probable and therefore no compensation expense has been recognized.

The Founder Shares are designated as Class B Ordinary Shares and, except as described below, are identical to the Class A Ordinary Shares included in the units being sold in this offering, and holders of Founder Shares have the same shareholder rights as Public Shareholders, except that (i) the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below, (ii) the Founder Shares are entitled to registration rights; (iii) the Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have entered into a Letter Agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (A) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination, (B) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles (A) to modify the substance or timing of the obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, (C) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares or Private Placement Shares if we fail to complete the initial Business Combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within such time period and to liquidating distributions from assets outside the Trust Account and (D) vote any Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the Business Combination transaction) in favor of the initial Business Combination, (iv) the Founder Shares are automatically convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the consummation of the initial Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described herein and in the Company Amended and Restated Articles, and (v) prior to the closing of the initial Business Combination, only holders of the Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment and removal of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any Special Resolution required to amend the constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands).

IPO Promissory Note — Related Party

The Sponsor had agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of the Initial Public Offering. The loan was non-interest bearing, unsecured and due at the earlier of December 31, 2025 or the closing of the Initial Public Offering. As of May 23, 2025, the Company had borrowed $239,487 under the IPO Promissory Note which was paid in full by the Company at the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the borrowings under the Note were no longer available.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with the Sponsor’s affiliate, commencing on May 21, 2025, to pay an aggregate of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities, and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred $80,000 in fees for these services.

The Company has agreed to pay the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) a total of $2,500 per month for his services. Upon successful completion of the initial Business Combination, the Company will pay the CFO a $50,000 success fee. These monthly fees will cease upon the completion of the initial Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company incurred and paid $20,000 and $0, respectively, in fees for these services.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required. If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into Private Placement Units of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. As of December 31, 2025, no such Working Capital Loans were outstanding.

XML

Commitments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Commitments [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS 

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s ability to complete an initial Business Combination may be adversely affected by various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. The Company’s ability to consummate an initial Business Combination could be impacted by, among other things, changes in laws or regulations, downturns in the financial markets or in economic conditions, inflation, fluctuations in interest rates, increases in tariffs, supply chain disruptions, declines in consumer confidence and spending, public health considerations, and geopolitical instability, such as the military conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. The Company cannot at this time predict the likelihood of one or more of the above events, their duration or magnitude or the extent to which they may negatively impact the Company’s ability to complete an initial Business Combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Units (and their underlying securities) and Units that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and their underlying securities), if any, and any Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Founder Shares and any Class A Ordinary Shares held by the Initial Shareholders at the completion of the Initial Public Offering or acquired prior to or in connection with the initial Business Combination, are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement signed on the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement and the MEF Registration Statement. These holders are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, and have piggyback registration rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, BTIG may only make a demand on one occasion and only during the five-year period beginning on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering. In addition, BTIG may participate in a piggyback registration only during the seven-year period beginning on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters had a 45-day option from the date of the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to an additional 3,300,000 Option Units to cover the over-allotments. On May 23, 2025, the underwriters elected to fully exercise their Over-Allotment Option to purchase an additional 3,300,000 Option Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit.

The underwriters were entitled to a cash underwriting discount of $5,060,000 in the aggregate, or 2.0% of the gross proceeds of the units offered in the Initial Public Offering, which was paid at the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Additionally, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred underwriting discount of 3.5% of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, or $8,855,000 in the aggregate, payable upon the completion of an initial Business Combination subject to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

XML

Shareholders' Deficit

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Shareholders’ Deficit [Abstract]

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

NOTE 7. SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preferred Shares —  The Company is authorized to issue a total of 5,000,000 preferred shares at par value of $0.0001 each. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares —  The Company is authorized to issue a total of 500,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares at par value of $0.0001 each. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were 708,000 and 0 Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, respectively, excluding 25,300,000 shares subject to possible redemption.

Class B Ordinary Shares —  The Company is authorized to issue a total of 50,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares at par value of $0.0001 each. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were 7,906,250 Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding.

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the consummation of the initial Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like. In the case that additional Class A Ordinary Shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination, the ratio at which Class B Ordinary Shares convert into Class A Ordinary Shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B Ordinary Shares will equal, in the aggregate, 23.81% of the sum of (i) the total number of all Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering (including any Class A Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option and excluding the Class A Ordinary Shares comprising part of the Private Placement Units and the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Private Placement Rights issued to the Sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A Ordinary Shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Units issued to the Sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans) minus (iii) any redemptions of Class A Ordinary Shares by Public Shareholders in connection with an initial Business Combination; provided that such conversion of Founder Shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

Holders of record of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Unless specified in the Amended and Restated Articles or as required by the Companies Act or stock exchange rules, an Ordinary Resolution under Cayman Islands law and the Amended and Restated Articles, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the Company is generally required to approve any matter voted on by shareholders. Approval of certain actions requires a Special Resolution under Cayman Islands law, which (except as specified below) requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting, and pursuant to the Amended and Restated Articles, such actions include amending the Amended and Restated Articles and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, meaning, following the initial Business Combination, the holders of more than 50% of the Ordinary Shares voted for the appointment of directors can elect all of the directors. Prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, only holders of the Class B Ordinary Shares will (i) have the right to vote on the appointment and removal of directors and (ii) be entitled to vote on continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any Special Resolution required to amend the constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares will not be entitled to vote on these matters during such time.

Rights — Except in cases where the Company is not the surviving company in a Business Combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination. The Company will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman law. In the event the Company is not the surviving company upon completion of the initial Business Combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-tenth (1/10) of one class A Ordinary Share underlying each right upon consummation of the Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete the initial Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company will redeem the Public Shares for the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

NOTE 8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects Management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:	Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:	Unobservable inputs based on assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that were measured at fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

			December 31,		December 31,
	Level		2025		2024
Assets:
Investments held in Trust Account		1	$	259,241,061	$	—

The fair value of the Public Rights issued in the Initial Public Offering is $3,744,400, or $0.148 per Public Right. The Public Rights issued in the Initial Public Offering have been classified within shareholders’ deficit and will not require remeasurement after issuance. The following table presents the quantitative information regarding market assumptions used in the level 3 valuation of the Public Rights issued in the Initial Public Offering:

(1) Market adjustment reflects additional factors not fully captured by low volatility selection, which may include the likelihood of the consummation of a Business Combination, market perception of lack of available or suitable targets, or possible post-acquisition decline of stock price prior to beginning of the exercise period. The adjustment is determined by comparing traded warrant prices to simulated model outputs.

Public Rights are not remeasured subsequent to the date of the initial recognition.

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Segment Information [Abstract]

SEGMENT INFORMATION

NOTE 9. SEGMENT INFORMATION

ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statements information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

The Company’s CODM has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the assets, operating results, and financial metrics for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, Management has determined that there is only one reportable segment.

The CODM assesses performance for the single segment and decides how to allocate resources. The measure of segment profit or loss is disclosed in the statements of operations as net income or loss. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheets as total assets. When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics which include the following:

	December 31,		December 31,
	2025		2024
Trust Account	$	259,241,061	$	—
Cash and cash equivalents	$	864,584	$	—

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025		For the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024
Formation, general and administrative costs	$	456,691	$	47,444
Interest earned on cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account	$	6,241,061	$	—

The CODM reviews interest earned on the Trust Account to measure and monitor shareholder value and determine the most effective investment strategy for the Trust Account funds while maintaining compliance with the provisions of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between the Company and Continental. General and administrative expenses are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure sufficient capital is available to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. General and administrative costs, as reported on the statements of operations, are the significant segment expenses provided to the CODM on a regular basis. All other segment items included in net income or loss are reported on the statements of operations and described within their respective disclosures.

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

XML

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy Disclosure

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, and Governance [Line Items]

Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes Integrated [Flag]

true

Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes Integrated [Text Block]

Although, as a blank check company, we do not have any operations, we are nonetheless subject to the risk of cybersecurity incidents. Among other things, the investments in our Trust Account and bank deposits may be vulnerable to such incidents, and we may depend on the digital technologies of third parties. We and third parties may be subject to cybersecurity attacks or security breaches. To the extent that we rely on the technologies of third parties, we depend upon the personnel and the processes of such third parties to protect against cybersecurity incidents, and we have no personnel or processes of our own for this purpose. In the event of a cybersecurity incident impacting on us, our Management Team will report to the Audit Committee and provide updates on the Management Team’s incident response plan for addressing and mitigating any risks associated with such an incident. As an early-stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We also lack sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have material adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss. We have not encountered any cybersecurity incidents since our Initial Public Offering. In addition to our own cybersecurity risks, any proposed Business Combination target, may have been subject to, or may in the future be subject to, cybersecurity incidents.

Cybersecurity Risk Management Third Party Engaged [Flag]

true

Cybersecurity Risk Third Party Oversight and Identification Processes [Flag]

true

Cybersecurity Risk Materially Affected or Reasonably Likely to Materially Affect Registrant [Flag]

false

Cybersecurity Risk Materially Affected or Reasonably Likely to Materially Affect Registrant [Text Block]

encountered any cybersecurity incidents since our Initial Public Offering.

Cybersecurity Risk Process for Informing Board Committee or Subcommittee Responsible for Oversight [Text Block]

the Audit Committee and provide updates on the Management Team’s incident response plan for addressing and mitigating any risks associated with such an incident. As an early-stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences.

XML

Pay vs Performance Disclosure - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2025
Pay vs Performance Disclosure
Net Income (Loss)	$ (47,444)	$ 5,784,370

XML

Insider Trading Arrangements	3 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025
Trading Arrangements, by Individual
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements.

Making estimates requires Management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which Management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $864,584 and $0 in cash, respectively, and no cash equivalents.

Investments Held in Trust Account

Investments Held in Trust Account

As of December 31, 2025, the assets held in the Trust Account, amounting to $259,241,061, were held in U.S. Treasury Bills. The Company accounts for its investments held in the Trust Account at fair value in the accompanying balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of investments held in the Trust Account are included in interest earned on investments held in the Trust Account in the Company’s statements of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. Any loss incurred or a lack of access to such funds could have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Offering Costs

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A, “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees that are related to the Initial Public Offering. FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options,” addresses the allocation of proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt into its equity and debt components. The Company applies this guidance to allocate Initial Public Offering proceeds from the Units between Class A Ordinary Shares and rights, using the residual method by allocating Initial Public Offering proceeds first to the assigned value of the rights and then to the Class A Ordinary Shares. Offering costs allocated to the Public Shares are charged to temporary equity, and offering costs allocated to the Public Rights and Private Placement Units are charged to shareholders’ deficit based on the equity classification of the underlying financial instruments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet, primarily due to its short-term nature.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s Management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the periods presented.

Rights

Rights

The Company accounted for the Public and Private Placement Rights (as defined below) issued in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Accordingly, the Company evaluated and classified the rights under equity treatment at their assigned values.

On July 8, 2025, the Company announced that, commencing on July 11, 2025, the holders of the Units issued in its initial public offering, may elect to separately trade the Shares and Rights included in the Units. Any Units not separated will continue to trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “OYSEU.” The Shares and the Rights are listed and trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbols “OYSE” and “OYSER,” respectively.

Net Income (loss) per Ordinary Share

Net Income (loss) per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. The calculation of diluted income (loss) per ordinary share does not consider the effect of the rights issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering and (ii) exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

The Company’s statements of operations include a presentation of income (loss) per share for Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share. Net income (loss) per Ordinary Share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares outstanding since original issuance. Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted, for Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares is calculated by dividing net income (loss), adjusted for income (loss) attributable to Class A redeemable Ordinary Shares, by the weighted average number of Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares outstanding for the period. Class A and Class B non-redeemable Ordinary Shares include the Founder Shares, as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income per Ordinary Share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025				For the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024
	Class A		Class B		Class A		Class B
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of net income (loss)	$	3,856,739	$	1,927,631	$	—	$	(47,444	)
Denominator:
Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding		15,818,564		7,906,250		—		6,250,000
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share	$	0.24	$	0.24	$	—	$	(0.01	)

Class A Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

Class A Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Public Shares contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such Public Shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, or if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination. In accordance with ASC 480-10-S99, the Company classifies Public Shares subject to redemption outside of permanent equity as the redemption provisions are not solely within the control of the Company. The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of redeemable shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the accretion from initial book value to redemption value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable shares will result in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2025, Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet. As of December 31, 2025, the Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption reflected in the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds	$	253,000,000
Less:
Proceeds allocated to Public Rights		(3,744,400	)
Public Shares issuance costs		(14,298,405	)
Plus:
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value		24,283,866
Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2025	$	259,241,061

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures”. The amendments in this ASU require disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), as well as the aggregate amount of other segment items included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The ASU requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. Public entities will be required to provide all annual disclosures currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods, and entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in this ASU and existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on December 31, 2024.

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule of Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Ordinary Share

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income per Ordinary Share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025				For the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024
	Class A		Class B		Class A		Class B
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of net income (loss)	$	3,856,739	$	1,927,631	$	—	$	(47,444	)
Denominator:
Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding		15,818,564		7,906,250		—		6,250,000
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share	$	0.24	$	0.24	$	—	$	(0.01	)

Schedule of Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

As of December 31, 2025, the Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption reflected in the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds	$	253,000,000
Less:
Proceeds allocated to Public Rights		(3,744,400	)
Public Shares issuance costs		(14,298,405	)
Plus:
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value		24,283,866
Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2025	$	259,241,061

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Schedule of Fair Value Hierarchy of the Valuation Inputs

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that were measured at fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

			December 31,		December 31,
	Level		2025		2024
Assets:
Investments held in Trust Account		1	$	259,241,061	$	—

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Segment Information [Abstract]

Schedule of Key Decisions Regarding Resource Allocation

When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics which include the following:

	December 31,		December 31,
	2025		2024
Trust Account	$	259,241,061	$	—
Cash and cash equivalents	$	864,584	$	—

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025		For the Period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024
Formation, general and administrative costs	$	456,691	$	47,444
Interest earned on cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account	$	6,241,061	$	—

XML

Description of Organization and Business Operations (Details) - USD ($)		3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 23, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2025	Oct. 09, 2024
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Date of incorporation			Oct. 09, 2024
Redemption percentage			100.00%
Public share price			$ 10
Dissolution expenses			$ 100,000
Redemption value			$ 10
Working capital			$ 882,696
Gross proceeds	$ 253,000,000		253,000,000
Price per unit	$ 10
Proceeds from private placement			7,080,000
Deferred underwriting fee			8,855,000
Other offering costs			614,940
Payments for Underwriting Expense			5,060,000
Cash			864,584
Transaction costs			$ 14,529,940
Fair market value percentage			80.00%
Number of maturity days	185 days
Number of Business Combination Completion Months	24 months
Post Business Combination [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Business combination acquires percentage			50.00%
IPO [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Number of units issued	25,300,000
Price per share	$ 10
Public share price	$ 10
Gross proceeds	$ 253,000,000
Price per unit	$ 10
Over-Allotment Option [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Number of units issued	3,300,000
Private Placement [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Private placement units			708,000
Agreed to purchase of shares			708,000
Price per unit			$ 10
Proceeds from private placement			$ 7,080,000
BTIG [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Agreed to purchase of shares			253,000
Working Capital Loans [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Price per unit			$ 10
Loan amount			$ 1,500,000
Trust Account [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Price per share			$ 10
Sponsor [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Loan amount			$ 300,000
Sponsor [Member] | Private Placement [Member]
Description of Organization and Business Operations [Line Items]
Agreed to purchase of shares			455,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Oct. 09, 2024
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Cash	$ 864,584
Investments held in trust account	259,241,061
Federal deposit insurance corporation coverage limit	250,000
Cash equivalents
Unrecognized tax benefits
Unrecognized accrued for interest and penalties

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Ordinary Share (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024		Dec. 31, 2025
Class A [Member]
Numerator:
Allocation of net income (loss)			$ 3,856,739
Denominator:
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding			15,818,564
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding			15,818,564
Basic net income (loss) per ordinary share			$ 0.24
Diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share			$ 0.24
Class B [Member]
Numerator:
Allocation of net income (loss)	$ (47,444)		$ 1,927,631
Denominator:
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding	6,250,000	[1]	7,906,250
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding	6,250,000	[1]	7,906,250
Basic net income (loss) per ordinary share	$ (0.01)		$ 0.24
Diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share	$ (0.01)		$ 0.24

[1] For the period from October 9, 2024 (Inception) through December 31, 2024 excluded up to 1,031,250 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption (Details) - USD ($)		12 Months Ended
	May 23, 2025	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Schedule of Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption [Abstract]
Gross proceeds	$ 253,000,000	$ 253,000,000
Less:
Proceeds allocated to public rights		(3,744,400)
Public Shares issuance costs		(14,298,405)
Plus:
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value		24,283,866
Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption, 25,300,000 shares at redemption value of $10.25 per share		$ 259,241,061

XML

Public Offering (Details)	May 23, 2025 $ / shares shares
Public Offering [Line Items]
Price per unit | $ / shares	$ 10
Over-Allotment Option [Member]
Public Offering [Line Items]
Stock issued | shares	3,300,000
IPO [Member]
Public Offering [Line Items]
Price per share | $ / shares	$ 10
Price per unit | $ / shares	$ 10
Stock issued | shares	25,300,000
IPO [Member] | Class A Ordinary Shares [Member]
Public Offering [Line Items]
Number of issued per unit | shares	1

XML

Private Placement (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025 $ / shares shares
Private Placement [Line Items]
Number of units per private placement | $ / shares	$ 10
Redeem public shares	100.00%
Private Placement [Member]
Private Placement [Line Items]
Aggregate number of units purchased	708,000
Over-Allotment Option [Member]
Private Placement [Line Items]
Aggregate number of units purchased	7,080,000

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) - USD ($)						3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
		May 23, 2025	May 21, 2025	Apr. 12, 2025	Oct. 16, 2024	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Capital contribution	[1]					$ (25,000)
Percentage of public shares to be redeemed							100.00%
Amount borrowed							$ 239,487
Expenses per month			$ 10,000
Working capital							882,696
Working Capital Loans [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Capital loan amount							$ 1,500,000
Conversion price per share							$ 10
Chief Financial Officer [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Payment for services							$ 2,500
Other offering costs							50,000
Services fee							80,000
Founder Shares [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Price per share				$ 1.471
Number of shares issued				135,000
Shares subject to forfeiture		1,031,250
Share value				$ 198,585
Founder Shares [Member] | Class B ordinary shares [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Number of shares issued					7,187,500
IPO [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Price per share		$ 10
Related Party [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Amount borrowed		$ 239,487
Working capital							0
Related Party [Member] | IPO [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Aggregate loan amount							300,000
Sponsor [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Number of shares issued				135,000
Services fee							$ 20,000	$ 0
Sponsor [Member] | Founder Shares [Member]
Related Party Transactions [Line Items]
Capital contribution					$ 25,000
Price per share					$ 0.003
Number of shares issued			718,750
Surrendered shares			1,031,250
Aggregate shares holding			7,906,250

[1] As of December 31, 2024, included up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares that were subject to forfeiture. by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option was exercised (Note 5). On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units at $10.00 per unit, which included the full exercise of the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option, and the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

XML

Commitments (Details) - USD ($)		12 Months Ended
	May 23, 2025	Dec. 31, 2025
Commitments [Line Items]
Price per unit	$ 10
Underwriting Agreement [Member]
Commitments [Line Items]
Underwriting discount percentage		2.00%
Deferred underwriting discount aggregate		$ 8,855,000
Underwriting discount		$ 5,060,000
Business Combination Marketing Agreement [Member]
Commitments [Line Items]
Percentage of gross proceeds from public offering		3.50%
Over-Allotment Option [Member] | Underwriting Agreement [Member]
Commitments [Line Items]
Number of units issued	3,300,000	3,300,000
Price per unit	$ 10

XML

Shareholders’ Deficit (Details) - $ / shares		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Shareholders’ Deficit [Line Items]
Preferred shares, shares authorized		5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred shares, par value		$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred shares, shares issued
Preferred shares, shares outstanding
Common stock conversion		one-for-one basis
Common stock voting rights		one
Business Combination, Series of Individually Immaterial Business Combinations [Member]
Shareholders’ Deficit [Line Items]
Percentage of voting interests		50.00%
Class A Ordinary Shares [Member]
Shareholders’ Deficit [Line Items]
Ordinary shares, shares authorized		500,000,000	500,000,000
Ordinary shares, par value		$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Ordinary shares, shares issued		708,000	0
Ordinary shares, shares outstanding		708,000	0
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption		25,300,000
Class B Ordinary Shares [Member]
Shareholders’ Deficit [Line Items]
Ordinary shares, shares authorized	[1]	50,000,000	50,000,000
Ordinary shares, par value	[1]	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Ordinary shares, shares issued	[1]	7,906,250	7,906,250
Ordinary shares, shares outstanding	[1]	7,906,250	7,906,250
Common stock shares issued and outstanding percentage		23.81%

[1] As of December 31, 2024, included up to 1,031,250 of the Founder Shares that were subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option was exercised (Note 5). On May 23, 2025, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units at $10.00 per unit, which included the full exercise of the underwriter’s Over-Allotment Option, and the 1,031,250 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025 USD ($)
Fair Value Measurements [Line Items]
Fair value of the public rights issued	$ 3,744,400
Public Rights [Member]
Fair Value Measurements [Line Items]
Fair value per public rights issued	0.148

XML

Fair Value Measurements - Schedule of Assets Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Assets:
Investments held in Trust Account	$ 259,241,061
Level 1 [Member]
Assets:
Investments held in Trust Account	$ 259,241,061

XML

Segment Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025 Segment
Segment Information [Line Items]
Number of reportable segments	1
Operations as net income or loss	The CODM assesses performance for the single segment and decides how to allocate resources. The measure of segment profit or loss is disclosed in the statements of operations as net income or loss. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheets as total assets.
Segment Reporting, CODM, Individual Title and Position or Group Name [Extensible Enumeration]	Chief Executive Officer

XML

Segment Information - Schedule of Segment Assets is Reported on the Balance Sheet as Total Assets (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2025	Oct. 09, 2024
Segment Reporting, Disclosure of Entity's Reportable Segments [Abstract]
Trust Account		$ 259,241,061
Cash and cash equivalents		864,584
Formation, general and administrative costs	47,444	456,691
Interest earned on cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account		$ 6,241,061